TWI824046B - Alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal compound alignment layer laminated polarizing plate, and inspection method of laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer - Google Patents

Alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal compound alignment layer laminated polarizing plate, and inspection method of laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI824046B
TWI824046B TW108138545A TW108138545A TWI824046B TW I824046 B TWI824046 B TW I824046B TW 108138545 A TW108138545 A TW 108138545A TW 108138545 A TW108138545 A TW 108138545A TW I824046 B TWI824046 B TW I824046B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
alignment
film
liquid crystal
crystal compound
layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW108138545A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202033632A (en
Inventor
佐佐木靖
村田浩一
Original Assignee
日商東洋紡股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東洋紡股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東洋紡股份有限公司
Publication of TW202033632A publication Critical patent/TW202033632A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI824046B publication Critical patent/TWI824046B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3016Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C55/00Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C55/02Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/04Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B23/08Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01MTESTING STATIC OR DYNAMIC BALANCE OF MACHINES OR STRUCTURES; TESTING OF STRUCTURES OR APPARATUS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G01M11/00Testing of optical apparatus; Testing structures by optical methods not otherwise provided for
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/84Systems specially adapted for particular applications
    • G01N21/88Investigating the presence of flaws or contamination
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/08Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of polarising materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/03Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
    • B29C48/07Flat, e.g. panels
    • B29C48/08Flat, e.g. panels flexible, e.g. films
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/42Polarizing, birefringent, filtering
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2301/00Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/02Cellulose; Modified cellulose

Abstract

本發明提供一種轉印用薄膜,其係一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜作為用於轉印液晶化合物配向層之轉印用薄膜,一邊即使為積層於轉印用薄膜上之狀態,也能評價在轉印用薄膜上所設置的液晶化合物配向層之配向狀態等;一種轉印用薄膜,其可減低所轉印的液晶化合物配向層之配向方向的偏離之問題,以符合設計的配向轉印液晶化合物配向層,可防止顯示器的漏光之問題;或一種轉印用薄膜,其可有效果地防止在薄膜上形成液晶化合物配向層之步驟中的薄膜之霧度上升或薄膜中之異物發生,形成符合設計的配向之液晶化合物配向層。其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向薄膜,特徵為:配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度,係在薄膜的寬度方向中從各端部起在內側5cm的地點之兩端部、中央部及在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部之5處所測定的值之中的最大值為14度以下。其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向薄膜,特徵為:配向薄膜在流動方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與配向薄膜在與流動方向正交的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向聚酯薄膜,特徵為:在150℃加熱90分鐘後的配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之酯環狀三聚物之析出量為1.0mg/m2以下。 The present invention provides a transfer film that is laminated on the transfer film while using a stretch film such as polyester that is cheap and has excellent mechanical strength as a transfer film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. The state can also be used to evaluate the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer provided on the transfer film; a transfer film that can reduce the problem of deviation in the alignment direction of the transferred liquid crystal compound alignment layer to meet the requirements The designed alignment transfer liquid crystal compound alignment layer can prevent the problem of light leakage in the display; or a transfer film can effectively prevent the haze of the film from rising or the film in the step of forming the liquid crystal compound alignment layer on the film. Foreign matter occurs in the liquid crystal compound, forming a liquid crystal compound alignment layer that conforms to the designed alignment. It is an alignment film used to transfer a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to an object. The characteristic is that the angle between the alignment direction of the alignment film and the flow direction of the alignment film or the direction orthogonal to the flow direction is based on the width of the film. In the direction, the maximum value among the values measured at five locations at the two ends, the center part, and the middle part between the center part and both ends at a point 5 cm inside from each end part is 14 degrees or less. It is an alignment film used to transfer a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to an object. The characteristics are: the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the flow direction and the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction. The difference in thermal shrinkage rate per minute is less than 4%. It is an aligned polyester film used to transfer an alignment layer of a liquid crystal compound to an object. It is characterized by the precipitation of ester cyclic terpolymer on the surface of the release surface of the aligned polyester film after heating at 150°C for 90 minutes. The amount is less than 1.0mg/ m2 .

Description

液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜、液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體、液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法、及液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢查方法 Alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal compound alignment layer laminated polarizing plate, and inspection method of laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer

本發明係關於用於轉印液晶化合物配向層之轉印用薄膜。更詳細而言,關於在製造積層有包含液晶化合物配向層的相位差層之圓偏光板等偏光板或相位差板時,或在製造具有包含液晶化合物配向層的偏光層之偏光板時等,所使用之用於轉印液晶化合物配向層之轉印用薄膜。 The present invention relates to a transfer film used for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. More specifically, when manufacturing a polarizing plate or a phase difference plate such as a circular polarizing plate laminated with a phase difference layer including a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, or when manufacturing a polarizing plate having a polarizing layer including a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, The transfer film used to transfer the liquid crystal compound alignment layer.

以往,於影像顯示裝置中,為了減低外來光的反射,在影像顯示面板之視聽者側的面板面上配置圓偏光板。此圓偏光板係藉由直線偏光板與λ/4等的相位差薄膜之積層體所構成,藉由直線偏光板將朝向影像顯示面板的面板面之外來光轉換成直線偏光,接著藉由λ/4等的相位差薄膜轉換成圓偏光。圓偏光所致的外來光係在影像顯示面板的表面進行反射時,偏光面的旋轉方向係逆轉,此反射光係相反地藉由λ/4等的相位差薄膜,轉換成被直線偏光板所遮光的方向之直線偏光,然後被直線偏光板所遮光,故抑制往外部之出射。如此地,圓偏光板係使用在偏光板上貼合有λ/4等的相位差薄膜者。 Conventionally, in image display devices, in order to reduce reflection of external light, a circular polarizing plate is disposed on the panel surface on the viewer side of the image display panel. This circular polarizing plate is composed of a laminate of a linear polarizing plate and a phase difference film such as λ/4. The linear polarizing plate converts the light directed outside the panel surface of the image display panel into linearly polarized light, and then uses λ /4 etc. phase difference film converts into circularly polarized light. When external light caused by circular polarization is reflected on the surface of the image display panel, the rotation direction of the polarizing surface is reversed. On the contrary, this reflected light is converted by a phase difference film such as λ/4 into a linear polarizing plate. The linearly polarized light in the direction of the light blocking is then blocked by the linear polarizing plate, thus suppressing the emission to the outside. In this manner, a circularly polarizing plate is used in which a retardation film such as λ/4 is bonded to a polarizing plate.

作為相位差薄膜,使用環狀烯烴(參照專利文獻1)、聚碳酸酯(參照專利文獻2)、三乙醯纖維素的延伸薄膜(參照專利文獻3)等之單質的相位差薄膜。又,作為相位差薄膜,使用在透明薄膜上具有由液晶化合物所成的相位差層之積層體的相位差薄膜(參照專利文獻4、5)。記載於上述中設有由液晶化合物所成的相位差層時,即使轉印液晶化合物也良好。As the retardation film, a simple phase difference film such as a cyclic olefin (see Patent Document 1), polycarbonate (see Patent Document 2), or a stretched film of triacetyl cellulose (see Patent Document 3) is used. Furthermore, as the retardation film, a laminate having a retardation layer made of a liquid crystal compound on a transparent film is used (see Patent Documents 4 and 5). As described above, when a retardation layer made of a liquid crystal compound is provided, the liquid crystal compound can be transferred well.

又,由專利文獻6等已知藉由將由液晶化合物所成的相位差層轉印至透明薄膜而作成相位差薄膜之方法。亦已知藉由如此的轉印法,在透明薄膜上設置λ/4等之由液晶化合物所成的相位差層,成為λ/4薄膜之方法(參照專利文獻7、8)。In addition, a method of forming a retardation film by transferring a retardation layer made of a liquid crystal compound to a transparent film is known from Patent Document 6 and the like. It is also known to use such a transfer method to provide a retardation layer made of a liquid crystal compound such as λ/4 on a transparent film to form a λ/4 film (see Patent Documents 7 and 8).

於此等的轉印法中,有介紹各式各樣者作為轉印用的基材,其中大多例示聚酯、三乙醯纖維素、環狀聚烯烴等的透明樹脂薄膜。三乙醯纖維素、環狀聚烯烴等之未延伸薄膜係無雙折射性,於能以將相位差層設置於薄膜基材之狀態下,檢査(評價)相位差層的狀態之點上較宜,但此等之薄膜係不僅高價,而且當將薄膜減薄時,機械強度差,未必是最合適者。Among these transfer methods, various substrates for transfer are introduced, and among them, transparent resin films such as polyester, triacetyl cellulose, and cyclic polyolefin are often exemplified. Unstretched films of triacetyl cellulose, cyclic polyolefin, etc. have no birefringence and are preferable in that the state of the retardation layer can be checked (evaluated) with the retardation layer installed on the film base material. , but these films are not only expensive, but also have poor mechanical strength when thinning the film, so they may not be the most suitable.

另一方面,延伸薄膜雖然機械強度比未延伸薄膜優異,作為轉印用的薄膜基材較宜,但是由於具有雙折射性,故相位差層的評價係困難。特別地,雙軸延伸聚酯薄膜係比較便宜,且具有優異的機械強度、耐熱性,在此等之方面,作為轉印用的薄膜基材非常佳,但是聚酯薄膜由於具有大的雙折射性,故以在薄膜基材上積層有液晶化合物配向層(相位差層)之狀態,評價相位差層者係困難。On the other hand, although a stretched film has better mechanical strength than an unstretched film and is suitable as a film base material for transfer, it is difficult to evaluate the retardation layer because it has birefringence. In particular, biaxially stretched polyester films are relatively cheap and have excellent mechanical strength and heat resistance. In these aspects, they are very suitable as film substrates for transfer. However, polyester films have large birefringence. Therefore, it is difficult to evaluate the retardation layer in a state where a liquid crystal compound alignment layer (retardation layer) is laminated on a film base material.

因此,於延伸薄膜中評價相位差層時,必須轉印至對象物(其它的透明樹脂薄膜、偏光板等)後進行評價,或剝離相位差層而僅以相位差層進行評價,或轉印至玻璃等而進行評價。轉印至對象物後進行評價之方法,當在相位差層具有問題時,亦包含正常品的偏光板等,必須作為非標準品處置,生產性差。剝離相位差層而進行評價之方法,有相位差層薄時無法評價之問題。又,於剝離而進行評價之方法或轉印至玻璃之方法中,變成樣本抽出評價,無法全量評價。Therefore, when evaluating a retardation layer in a stretched film, it is necessary to transfer it to an object (another transparent resin film, a polarizing plate, etc.) and then evaluate it, or to peel off the retardation layer and evaluate only the retardation layer, or to transfer it. to glass, etc. for evaluation. In the method of evaluating after transferring to the target object, if there is a problem with the retardation layer, including normal products such as polarizing plates, they must be treated as non-standard products, resulting in poor productivity. The method of peeling off the retardation layer for evaluation has the problem that it cannot be evaluated when the retardation layer is thin. In addition, in the method of peeling and evaluating or the method of transferring to glass, it becomes a sample extraction and evaluation, and full evaluation cannot be performed.

又,延伸薄膜雖然機械強度比未延伸薄膜優異,作為轉印用的薄膜基材較宜,但是常常發生所轉印的相位差層之配向方向不是符合設計之配向方向,經常發生與其偏離的問題。而且,若將如此之具有偏離設計的配向方向之相位差的偏光板使用於顯示器,則會發生漏光等之問題。特別地,雙軸延伸聚酯薄膜等之延伸聚酯薄膜係比較便宜,且具有優異的機械強度、耐熱性,於此等之點上作為轉印用的薄膜基材非常佳,但是於聚酯薄膜中,其配向方向之偏離及因此所造成的漏光之問題係特別顯著。In addition, although stretched films have better mechanical strength than unstretched films and are suitable as film substrates for transfer, problems often occur that the alignment direction of the transferred retardation layer does not conform to the designed alignment direction and often deviates from it. . Furthermore, if such a polarizing plate with a phase difference deviating from the designed alignment direction is used in a display, problems such as light leakage may occur. In particular, stretched polyester films such as biaxially stretched polyester films are relatively cheap and have excellent mechanical strength and heat resistance. In these aspects, they are very suitable as film substrates for transfer. However, compared with polyester In thin films, the deviation of the alignment direction and the resulting light leakage problem are particularly significant.

再者,雙軸延伸聚酯薄膜等的聚酯薄膜係比較便宜,且具有優異的機械強度、耐熱性,於此等之點上作為轉印用的薄膜基材非常佳,但是若將聚酯薄膜使用作為轉印用的薄膜基材,則在其上形成相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)而製作積層體之步驟中,有薄膜之霧度上升或在薄膜中發生異物之問題。而且,由於如此上升的霧度或異物,在用於控制液晶化合物的配向之紫外線照射時偏光係紊亂,有無法成為符合設計的配向方向之問題。In addition, polyester films such as biaxially stretched polyester films are relatively cheap and have excellent mechanical strength and heat resistance. In these aspects, they are very suitable as film substrates for transfer. However, if polyester is When a film is used as a film base material for transfer, there is a problem that the haze of the film increases or foreign matter is generated in the film during the step of forming a retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) thereon to produce a laminate. Furthermore, due to such increased haze or foreign matter, the polarization system is disturbed during ultraviolet irradiation for controlling the alignment of the liquid crystal compound, and there is a problem that the alignment direction cannot be aligned with the design.

又,亦已知藉由將在轉印用薄膜上所積層之包含液晶化合物與二色性色素之偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)轉印至保護膜而製造偏光板之方法,但是此時亦有與上述同樣之問題 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]Also known is a method of manufacturing a polarizing plate by transferring a polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) containing a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye laminated on a transfer film to a protective film. However, this method is also known. Have the same problem as above [Prior technical literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2012-56322號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2004-144943號公報 [專利文獻3]日本特開2004-46166號公報 [專利文獻4]日本特開2006-243653號公報 [專利文獻5]日本特開2001-4837號公報 [專利文獻6]日本特開平4-57017號公報 [專利文獻7]日本特開2014-071381號公報 [專利文獻8]日本特開2017-146616號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-56322 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-144943 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-46166 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-243653 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-4837 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-57017 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-071381 [Patent Document 8] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-146616

[發明欲解決之課題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

本發明係以如此習知技術的問題為背景而完成者。即,本發明之第一目的在於提供一種轉印用薄膜,其係一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜作為用於轉印液晶化合物配向層之轉印用薄膜,一邊即使為積層於轉印用薄膜上之狀態,也能評價在轉印用薄膜上所設置的液晶化合物配向層(相位差層或偏光層)之配向狀態等。The present invention was completed against the background of the problems of such conventional technologies. That is, the first object of the present invention is to provide a transfer film that is a laminated film while using an inexpensive stretched film such as polyester and excellent mechanical strength as a transfer film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. The state on the transfer film can also be used to evaluate the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer (retardation layer or polarizing layer) provided on the transfer film.

本發明之第二目的在於提供一種轉印用薄膜,其係一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜作為用於轉印液晶化合物配向層之轉印用薄膜,一邊可減低所轉印的液晶化合物配向層之配向方向的偏離之問題,以符合設計的配向轉印相位差層或偏光層,可防止顯示器的漏光之問題。The second object of the present invention is to provide a transfer film that can reduce the amount of transfer while using a cheap and mechanically strong stretched film such as polyester as a transfer film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. To solve the problem of deviation of the alignment direction of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer, the problem of light leakage in the display can be prevented by transferring the retardation layer or polarizing layer in accordance with the designed alignment.

本發明之第三目的在於提供一種轉印用薄膜,其係一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜作為用於轉印液晶化合物配向層之轉印用薄膜,一邊可有效果地防止在薄膜上形成相位差層或偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)之步驟中的薄膜之霧度上升或薄膜中之異物發生,形成符合設計的配向之相位差層或偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)。 [用以解決課題之手段]A third object of the present invention is to provide a transfer film that can effectively prevent In the step of forming a retardation layer or polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) on the film, the haze of the film increases or foreign matter occurs in the film, forming a retardation layer or polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) that conforms to the designed alignment. . [Means used to solve problems]

本發明者為了達成第一目的而專心致力地檢討,結果發現作為配向薄膜,藉由使用即使在其配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度成為最大的地方,也控制在特定的角度以下者,而不發生上述以往的問題,即使於配向薄膜上積層有液晶化合物配向層之狀態,也能良好地進行相位差相之評價。In order to achieve the first objective, the present inventors concentrated on examination and found that by using an alignment film, the angle between the alignment direction and the flow direction of the alignment film or the direction orthogonal to the flow direction becomes the largest. , is also controlled below a specific angle, the above-mentioned conventional problems do not occur, and the retardation phase can be favorably evaluated even when a liquid crystal compound alignment layer is laminated on the alignment film.

本發明者為了達成第二目的,檢討使用以往的延伸薄膜作為轉印用的薄膜基材時,所轉印的相位差層或偏光層之配向方向不成為符合設計之配向方向的原因。結果,發現由於在作為基材的延伸薄膜之上使液晶化合物配向而形成相位差層或偏光層時之熱處理,基材的延伸薄膜係進行某程度熱收縮,但由於此熱收縮的程度係在延伸薄膜的正交的二個方向中大不相同,故在熱收縮後的基材薄膜中發生畸變,而且此畸變係對於在基材薄膜之上所形成的相位差層或偏光層之配向方向造成不良影響,故相位差層或偏光層之配向方向係偏離符合設計之配向方向。然後,本發明者專心致力地檢討有效果地防止基材薄膜的此畸變之方法,結果發現作為基材薄膜的配向薄膜,即使在其流動方向(MD方向)、及與流動方向正交的方向(TD方向)、及之間,在薄膜的熱收縮率具有偏差,也可藉由使用將該差控制在特定範圍內者,而不發生上述以往的問題,可以符合設計的配向轉印相位差層或偏光層,不發生漏光之問題。In order to achieve the second objective, the inventor examined the reason why the alignment direction of the transferred retardation layer or polarizing layer did not conform to the designed alignment direction when using a conventional stretched film as a film base material for transfer. As a result, they found that due to the heat treatment when forming a retardation layer or a polarizing layer by aligning the liquid crystal compound on the stretched film as the base material, the stretched film as the base material undergoes thermal shrinkage to a certain extent, but the degree of this thermal shrinkage is The two orthogonal directions of the stretched film are quite different, so distortion occurs in the base film after heat shrinkage, and this distortion is related to the alignment direction of the retardation layer or polarizing layer formed on the base film. Causes adverse effects, so the alignment direction of the retardation layer or polarizing layer deviates from the designed alignment direction. Then, the present inventors devoted themselves to examining methods to effectively prevent this distortion of the base film, and found that the alignment film as the base film can be used even in its flow direction (MD direction) and in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction. (TD direction), and there is a deviation in the thermal shrinkage of the film. By controlling the difference within a specific range, the above-mentioned conventional problems will not occur, and the alignment transfer phase difference can be matched to the design. layer or polarizing layer to prevent light leakage.

本發明者為了達成第三目的,檢討使用以往的延伸薄膜作為轉印用的薄膜基材時,在薄膜上形成相位差層或偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)之步驟中薄膜之霧度上升或薄膜中異物發生之原因。其結果,發現構成聚酯薄膜的聚酯樹脂係必然地含有酯環狀三聚物(寡聚物)作為其在製造過程中的聚合時之反應的副產物,因此將聚酯薄膜使用作為轉印用的基材薄膜時,因在其上塗布液晶化合物及加熱而形成液晶化合物配向層(相位差層或偏光層)之步驟中的加熱處理,而此等之寡聚物析出至基材薄膜之表面,結果造成霧度上升或異物發生。然後,本發明者專心致力地檢討有效果地防止轉印用配向聚酯薄膜的加熱處理時之如此的霧度上升或異物發生效果之方法,結果發現藉由使用聚酯薄膜的寡聚物析出量經控制在特定範圍內者,不發生上述以往之問題,可形成符合設計的配向之相位差層或偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)。In order to achieve the third object, the present inventors examined that when a conventional stretched film is used as a film base material for transfer, during the step of forming a retardation layer or a polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) on the film, the haze of the film increases or The reason for the occurrence of foreign matter in the film. As a result, it was found that the polyester resin constituting the polyester film inevitably contains an ester cyclic trimer (oligomer) as a by-product of the reaction during polymerization during the manufacturing process. Therefore, the polyester film was used as a conversion material. When a base film is used for printing, due to the heat treatment in the step of coating a liquid crystal compound on it and heating it to form a liquid crystal compound alignment layer (retardation layer or polarizing layer), these oligomers are precipitated into the base film. surface, resulting in increased haze or the occurrence of foreign matter. Then, the present inventors concentrated on examining methods to effectively prevent such an increase in haze or the generation of foreign matter during heat treatment of an aligned polyester film for transfer, and found that by using a polyester film, oligomer precipitation If the amount is controlled within a specific range, the above-mentioned conventional problems will not occur, and a retardation layer or polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) that conforms to the designed alignment can be formed.

即,用於達成第一目的之發明係具有以下(1)~(6)之構成。 (1)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向薄膜,其特徵為:配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度,係在薄膜的寬度方向中從各端部起在內側5cm的地點之兩端部、中央部及在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部之5處所測定的值之中的最大值為14度以下。 (2)如(1)記載之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中配向薄膜在寬度方向的配向角之角度差為7度以下。 (3)如(1)或(2)記載之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中配向薄膜係聚酯薄膜。 (4)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其係積層有液晶化合物配向層與配向薄膜之積層體,其特徵為:配向薄膜係如(1)~(3)中任一項記載之配向薄膜。 (5)一種液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其特徵為包含:貼合偏光板與如(4)記載之積層體的液晶化合物配向層面而形成中間積層體之步驟,及從中間積層體剝離配向薄膜之步驟。 (6)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法,其係檢查如(4)記載之積層體中的液晶化合物配向層之配向狀態之方法,其特徵為包含:將具有平行於配向薄膜的配向方向、或平行於與配向方向正交的方向、或平行於配向薄膜的流動方向、或平行於與流動方向正交的方向之電場振動方向的直線偏光,從積層體的配向薄膜面來照射,在液晶化合物配向層面側受光之步驟。That is, the invention for achieving the first object has the following structures (1) to (6). (1) An alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. It is an alignment film used to transfer a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to an object. It is characterized by: the alignment direction of the alignment film is consistent with the flow direction of the alignment film or is consistent with the flow. The angle between the directions orthogonal to each other is defined as 5 positions in the width direction of the film, 5 cm inside from each end, the two ends, the center, and the middle part between the center and both ends. The maximum value among the measured values is 14 degrees or less. (2) The alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer as described in (1), wherein the angle difference between the alignment angles of the alignment film in the width direction is 7 degrees or less. (3) The alignment film for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer as described in (1) or (2), wherein the alignment film is a polyester film. (4) A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a laminate in which a liquid crystal compound alignment layer and an alignment film are laminated, characterized in that the alignment film is as described in any one of (1) to (3) Alignment film. (5) A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, characterized by including the steps of bonding the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the laminated body as described in (4) to form an intermediate laminated body, and laminating the intermediate laminated body. Steps to physically peel off the alignment film. (6) A method for inspecting a laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a method for inspecting the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer in the laminate described in (4), which is characterized by including: The alignment direction of the film, or linear polarization parallel to the direction orthogonal to the alignment direction, or parallel to the flow direction of the alignment film, or parallel to the direction of electric field vibration in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction, is emitted from the alignment film surface of the laminate To irradiate, the step of receiving light on the alignment layer side of the liquid crystal compound.

用於達成第二目的之發明係具有以下(1)~(6)之構成。 (1)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向薄膜,其特徵為:配向薄膜在流動方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與配向薄膜在與流動方向正交的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 (2)如(1)記載之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中相對於配向薄膜的流動方向而言在45度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與相對於配向薄膜的流動方向而言在135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 (3)如(1)或(2)記載之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中配向薄膜係聚酯薄膜。 (4)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其係積層有液晶化合物配向層與配向薄膜之積層體,其特徵為:配向薄膜係如(1)~(3)中任一項記載之配向薄膜。 (5)一種液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其特徵為包含:貼合偏光板與如(4)記載之積層體的液晶化合物配向層面而形成中間積層體之步驟,及從中間積層體剝離配向薄膜之步驟。 (6)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法,其係檢查如(4)記載之積層體中的液晶化合物配向層之配向狀態之方法,其特徵為包含:將具有平行於配向薄膜的配向方向、或平行於與配向方向正交的方向、或平行於配向薄膜的流動方向、或平行於與流動方向正交的方向之電場振動方向的直線偏光,從積層體的配向薄膜面來照射,在液晶化合物配向層面側受光之步驟。The invention for achieving the second object has the following structures (1) to (6). (1) An alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. It is an alignment film used to transfer a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to an object. It is characterized by: the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction of flow. The difference between the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction is less than 4%. (2) The alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer as described in (1), wherein the thermal shrinkage rate at 150°C for 30 minutes in a direction of 45 degrees with respect to the flow direction of the alignment film is the same as the flow direction of the alignment film. In terms of direction, the difference between the thermal shrinkage rates at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction of 135 degrees is less than 4%. (3) The alignment film for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer as described in (1) or (2), wherein the alignment film is a polyester film. (4) A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a laminate in which a liquid crystal compound alignment layer and an alignment film are laminated, characterized in that the alignment film is as described in any one of (1) to (3) Alignment film. (5) A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, characterized by including the steps of bonding the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the laminated body as described in (4) to form an intermediate laminated body, and laminating the intermediate laminated body. Steps to physically peel off the alignment film. (6) A method for inspecting a laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a method for inspecting the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer in the laminate described in (4), which is characterized by including: The alignment direction of the film, or linear polarization parallel to the direction orthogonal to the alignment direction, or parallel to the flow direction of the alignment film, or parallel to the direction of electric field vibration in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction, is emitted from the alignment film surface of the laminate To irradiate, the step of receiving light on the alignment layer side of the liquid crystal compound.

用於達成第三目的之發明係具有以下(1)~(6)之構成。 (1)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向聚酯薄膜,其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向聚酯薄膜,其特徵為:在150℃加熱90分鐘後的配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之酯環狀三聚物的析出量為1.0mg/m2 以下。 (2)如(1)記載之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向聚酯薄膜,其中構成配向聚酯薄膜的脫模面側層之聚酯樹脂中的酯環狀三聚物之含量為0.7質量%以下。 (3)如(1)或(2)記載之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向聚酯薄膜,其中在配向聚酯薄膜的脫模面,設置防止酯環狀三聚物之析出的塗層。 (4)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其係積層有液晶化合物配向層與配向聚酯薄膜之積層體,其特徵為:配向聚酯薄膜係如(1)~(3)中任一項記載之配向聚酯薄膜。 (5)一種液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其特徵為包含:貼合偏光板與如(4)記載之積層體之液晶化合物配向層面而形成中間積層體之步驟,及從中間積層體剝離配向聚酯薄膜之步驟。 (6)一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法,其係檢查如(4)記載之積層體中的液晶化合物配向層之配向狀態之方法,其特徵為包含:將具有平行於配向聚酯薄膜的配向方向、或平行於與配向方向正交的方向、或平行於配向聚酯薄膜的流動方向、或平行於與流動方向正交的方向之電場振動方向的直線偏光,從積層體的配向聚酯薄膜面來照射,在液晶化合物配向層面側受光之步驟。 [發明之效果]The invention for achieving the third object has the following structures (1) to (6). (1) An aligned polyester film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer. It is an alignment polyester film used to transfer a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to an object. It is characterized by: the alignment polyester film after heating at 150°C for 90 minutes. The amount of ester cyclic terpolymer precipitated on the release surface of the ester film is 1.0 mg/m 2 or less. (2) The aligned polyester film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer as described in (1), wherein the content of the ester cyclic terpolymer in the polyester resin constituting the release surface side layer of the aligned polyester film is 0.7 mass. %the following. (3) The aligned polyester film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer as described in (1) or (2), wherein a coating layer for preventing the precipitation of ester cyclic trimer is provided on the release surface of the aligned polyester film. (4) A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a laminate in which a liquid crystal compound alignment layer and an alignment polyester film are laminated, and is characterized in that: the alignment polyester film is any one of (1) to (3) An aligned polyester film of record. (5) A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound aligned laminated polarizing plate, which is characterized by including the steps of bonding the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the laminated body as described in (4) to form an intermediate laminated body, and laminating the intermediate laminated body. Steps for stripping aligned polyester film. (6) A method for inspecting a laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a method for inspecting the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer in the laminate described in (4), which is characterized by including: Linearly polarized light parallel to the alignment direction of the polyester film, or parallel to the direction orthogonal to the alignment direction, or parallel to the flow direction of the aligned polyester film, or parallel to the electric field vibration direction in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction, is emitted from the laminate The step of irradiating the aligned polyester film side and receiving light on the alignment layer side of the liquid crystal compound. [Effects of the invention]

依照第一發明,可一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜,一邊即使為在配向薄膜上積層有在配向薄膜上所設置的液晶化合物配向層(相位差層或偏光層)之配向狀態等之狀態,也可評價。According to the first invention, an alignment film in which a liquid crystal compound alignment layer (retardation layer or polarizing layer) provided on the alignment film is laminated on the alignment film while using a stretched film such as polyester that is cheap and has excellent mechanical strength. The status of status, etc. can also be evaluated.

依照第二發明,可一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜,一邊以符合設計的配向,轉印相位差層或偏光層,可防止顯示器的漏光之問題。According to the second invention, a retardation layer or a polarizing layer can be transferred in a designed orientation while using a stretch film such as polyester that is cheap and has excellent mechanical strength, thereby preventing light leakage in the display.

依照第三發明,由於可一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜,一邊有效果地防止薄膜之加熱處理時之霧度上升或異物發生,故可形成符合設計的配向之相位差層或偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)。According to the third invention, it is possible to effectively prevent an increase in haze or the occurrence of foreign matter during heat treatment of the film while using a stretched film such as polyester which is cheap and has excellent mechanical strength, so that a retardation layer with an alignment according to the design can be formed. Or polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer).

[用以實施發明的形態][Form used to implement the invention]

第一發明之配向薄膜係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物(其它的透明樹脂薄膜、偏光板等)者,其特徵為:配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度,係在最大的地方為14度以下。The alignment film of the first invention is used to transfer the alignment layer of the liquid crystal compound to the target object (other transparent resin films, polarizing plates, etc.). It is characterized by: the alignment direction of the alignment film is consistent with the flow direction of the alignment film or is consistent with the flow. The angle between orthogonal directions is less than 14 degrees at the maximum point.

第二發明之配向薄膜係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物(其它的透明樹脂薄膜、偏光板等)者,其特徵為:配向薄膜在流動方向(MD方向)之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與配向薄膜在與流動方向正交的方向(TD方向)之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。The alignment film of the second invention is used to transfer the liquid crystal compound alignment layer to the target object (other transparent resin films, polarizing plates, etc.). The characteristic is: the alignment film is heated at 150°C in the flow direction (MD direction) for 30 minutes. The difference between the thermal shrinkage rate and the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction (TD direction) is less than 4%.

第三發明之配向聚酯薄膜係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物(其它的透明樹脂薄膜、偏光板等)者,其特徵為:在150℃加熱90分鐘後之配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之酯環狀三聚物的析出量為1.0mg/m2 以下。還有,以下有將配向聚酯薄膜簡稱為配向薄膜的情形。又,於設有後述的寡聚物阻擋塗層、脫模層、平坦化塗層、易滑塗層、抗靜電塗層等時,有包含此等之層,而稱為配向聚酯薄膜或配向薄膜。The aligned polyester film of the third invention is used to transfer the liquid crystal compound alignment layer to the target object (other transparent resin films, polarizing plates, etc.), and its characteristics are: the aligned polyester film heated at 150°C for 90 minutes The precipitation amount of ester cyclic terpolymer on the surface of the release surface is 1.0 mg/m 2 or less. In the following, the aligned polyester film may be simply referred to as an alignment film. In addition, when there is an oligomer barrier coating, a release layer, a planarization coating, an easy-slip coating, an antistatic coating, etc., which will be described later, a layer including these is called an aligned polyester film or Alignment film.

作為配向薄膜所用的樹脂,較佳為具有雙折射性者,更佳為聚酯、聚碳酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚醯胺、聚丙烯、環狀聚烯烴、三乙醯纖維素,進一步較佳為聚酯,特佳為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯。The resin used for the alignment film is preferably one with birefringence, more preferably polyester, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyamide, polypropylene, cyclic polyolefin, triacetyl cellulose, and further preferably Polyester is preferred, and polyethylene terephthalate is particularly preferred.

配向薄膜係在構成上可為單層,也可為共擠出的複數層。複數層時,可舉出表層(脫模面之層A)/背面層(B)、或A/中間層(C)/A(脫模面之層與背面層相同)、A/C/B等之構成。The alignment film system can be a single layer in composition or a plurality of co-extruded layers. When there are multiple layers, examples include surface layer (layer A on the release surface)/back layer (B), or A/intermediate layer (C)/A (layer on the release surface and the back layer are the same), A/C/B And so on.

將薄膜延伸時,可為單軸延伸、弱雙軸延伸(在雙軸方向中延伸,但其中一個方向為弱者)、雙軸延伸之任一者而無妨,但在寬度方向中能以寬廣的範圍使配向方向成固定之面,較佳為單軸延伸或弱雙軸延伸。弱雙軸延伸之情況較佳為將主配向方向設為後段之延伸方向。單軸延伸之情況係延伸方向可為薄膜製造的流動方向(縱向),也可為正交於其之方向(橫向)。 雙軸延伸之情況可為同時雙軸延伸,也可為逐次雙軸延伸。縱向之延伸較佳為藉由速度差的不同輥群所造成之延伸,橫向之延伸較佳為拉幅機延伸。When the film is stretched, it does not matter whether it is uniaxial stretching, weak biaxial stretching (stretching in the biaxial direction, but one of the directions is weak), or biaxial stretching. However, it can be stretched in a wide direction in the width direction. The range makes the alignment direction a fixed plane, preferably a uniaxial extension or a weak biaxial extension. In the case of weak biaxial extension, it is better to set the main alignment direction as the extension direction of the rear segment. In the case of uniaxial stretching, the stretching direction may be the flow direction of film production (longitudinal) or the direction orthogonal thereto (transverse). The biaxial stretching can be simultaneous biaxial stretching or sequential biaxial stretching. The longitudinal extension is preferably the extension caused by different roller groups with different speeds, and the transverse extension is preferably the tenter extension.

轉印用配向薄膜係在工業上以捲繞有薄膜的捲筒供給。捲筒寬度之下限較佳為30cm,更佳為50cm,進一步較佳為70cm,特佳為90cm,最佳為100cm。捲筒寬度之上限較佳為5000cm,更佳為4000cm,進一步較佳為3000cm。The alignment film for transfer is industrially supplied as a roll on which the film is wound. The lower limit of the roll width is preferably 30cm, more preferably 50cm, further preferably 70cm, particularly preferably 90cm, and most preferably 100cm. The upper limit of the roll width is preferably 5000cm, more preferably 4000cm, and further preferably 3000cm.

捲筒長度之下限較佳為100m,更佳為500m,進一步較佳為1000m。捲筒長度之上限較佳為100000m,更佳為50000m,進一步較佳為30000m。The lower limit of the drum length is preferably 100m, more preferably 500m, and further preferably 1000m. The upper limit of the drum length is preferably 100000m, more preferably 50000m, and further preferably 30000m.

一般而言,偏光鏡係使用將聚乙烯醇在薄膜的流動方向中延伸,使其吸收碘或有機系化合物的二色性色素者,偏光鏡的消光軸(吸收軸)係成為薄膜的流動方向。圓偏光板之情況係在作為相位差層,λ/4層的慢軸(配向方向)係對於消光軸呈45度地積層,或λ/4層與λ/2層係在斜方向(10~80度)中積層。又,液晶顯示器所用的光學補償層亦對於偏光鏡的消光軸,在斜方向中積層。Generally speaking, a polarizer is used in which polyvinyl alcohol is stretched in the flow direction of the film to absorb dichroic dyes such as iodine or organic compounds. The extinction axis (absorption axis) of the polarizer becomes the flow direction of the film. . In the case of a circularly polarizing plate, as a retardation layer, the slow axis (alignment direction) of the λ/4 layer is stacked at an angle of 45 degrees to the extinction axis, or the λ/4 layer and the λ/2 layer are stacked in an oblique direction (10~ 80 degrees) medium accumulation layer. In addition, the optical compensation layer used in a liquid crystal display is also stacked in an oblique direction with respect to the extinction axis of the polarizer.

因此,相位差層之配向狀態,例如可藉由將具有平行或垂直於薄膜的流動方向之振動方向的直線偏光從轉印用配向薄膜側照射至相位差層,將因相位差層變成橢圓偏光的光,通過用於使橢圓偏光返回直線偏光之受光側相位差板與在使因相位差板返回的直線偏光不通過之方向中所設置的受光側偏光板,以受光元件檢測而檢査(評價)。對於在轉印用配向薄膜上所設置的相位差層,當為符合設計的相位差及配向方向時,若成為直線偏光的通過受光側相位差板之光為消光狀態,則可知成為符合設計的相位差層。相反地,若是漏光,則可知偏離設計。Therefore, the alignment state of the retardation layer can be changed into elliptically polarized light by, for example, irradiating linearly polarized light with a vibration direction parallel or perpendicular to the flow direction of the film from the alignment film side for transfer to the retardation layer. The light passes through a light-receiving side retardation plate for returning elliptically polarized light to linearly polarized light and a light-receiving side polarizing plate installed in a direction that does not pass the linearly polarized light returned by the retardation plate, and is inspected (evaluated) by using a light-receiving element. ). For the retardation layer provided on the alignment film for transfer, when the phase difference and alignment direction meet the design, if the light that becomes linearly polarized and passes through the light-receiving side retardation plate is in an extinction state, it can be seen that the retardation layer meets the design. Phase difference layer. On the contrary, if there is light leakage, it can be seen that the design is deviated from the design.

然而,當轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向從平行(MD)或垂直(TD)於配向薄膜的流動方向者偏離時,通過轉印用配向薄膜的直線偏光係變成橢圓偏光,發生漏光,相位差層的正確評價係變困難。本發明係藉由將該偏離抑制在最小限度,而使相位差層之正確的評價成為可能。However, when the alignment direction of the alignment film for transfer deviates from being parallel (MD) or perpendicular (TD) to the flow direction of the alignment film, the linear polarization system passing through the alignment film for transfer becomes elliptical polarization, causing light leakage and phase difference. Correct evaluation of layers becomes difficult. The present invention makes it possible to accurately evaluate the retardation layer by suppressing this deviation to a minimum.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的MD或TD與配向方向之間的角度(最大地方)之下限較佳為0度。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的MD或TD與配向方向之間的角度之上限係最大值較佳為14度,更佳為7度,進一步較佳為5度,特佳為4度,最佳為3度。若超過上述,則會變難以進行相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)之配向狀態的評價。The lower limit of the angle (maximum position) between the MD or TD of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention and the alignment direction is preferably 0 degrees. In addition, the upper limit of the angle between the MD or TD of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention and the alignment direction is preferably 14 degrees, more preferably 7 degrees, further preferably 5 degrees, and particularly preferably 4 degrees. , the best is 3 degrees. If it exceeds the above, it becomes difficult to evaluate the alignment state of the retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer).

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜在全寬度(寬度方向)之配向角的角度差之下限較佳為0度。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜在全寬度之配向角的角度差之上限較佳為7度,更佳為5度,進一步較佳為3度,特佳為2度。若超過上述,則在寬度方向中會變難以進行相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)之配向狀態的評價。The lower limit of the angle difference of the alignment angle across the full width (width direction) of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 0 degrees. In addition, the upper limit of the angle difference between the alignment angles of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention over the full width is preferably 7 degrees, more preferably 5 degrees, further preferably 3 degrees, and particularly preferably 2 degrees. If it exceeds the above, it will become difficult to evaluate the alignment state of the retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) in the width direction.

於拉幅機內在TD方向中延伸時,於延伸區或熱定型區中薄膜係收縮力作用於MD方向。雖然薄膜之端部係以夾具固定,但是由於中央部未固定,故在拉幅機出口發生弓形延遲產生的彎曲拱起現象(bowing phenomena)。此係成為配向方向的畸變。When extending in the TD direction in the tenter, the shrinkage force of the film acts in the MD direction in the stretching zone or heat setting zone. Although the ends of the film are fixed with clamps, since the central part is not fixed, bowing phenomena (bowing phenomena) caused by bow delay occur at the tenter outlet. This system becomes a distortion of the alignment direction.

為了減低配向方向的畸變,達成上述特性,只要適宜調整延伸溫度、延伸倍率、延伸速度、熱定型溫度、鬆弛步驟之溫度、鬆弛步驟之倍率、各溫度之寬度方向的溫度分布等即可。In order to reduce the distortion in the alignment direction and achieve the above characteristics, it is only necessary to appropriately adjust the stretching temperature, stretching ratio, stretching speed, heat setting temperature, temperature of the relaxation step, the ratio of the relaxation step, and the temperature distribution in the width direction of each temperature.

又,當所製膜的薄膜在全寬度中配向方向不是規定範圍內時,較佳為採用所延伸的寬廣薄膜之中央部附近等成為上述特性範圍內之部分。又,由於若增強向單軸方向的配向,則有配向方向的畸變變小之傾向,故採用弱雙軸或單軸延伸薄膜者亦為較佳的方法。特別地,較佳為MD方向是主配向方向的弱雙軸或單軸延伸薄膜。Furthermore, when the alignment direction of the formed film does not fall within a predetermined range across the entire width, it is preferable to use a portion such as the central portion of the stretched wide film that falls within the above characteristic range. In addition, if the alignment in the uniaxial direction is enhanced, the distortion in the alignment direction tends to be smaller, so it is also a better method to use a weakly biaxially or uniaxially stretched film. In particular, a weakly biaxially or uniaxially stretched film in which the MD direction is the main alignment direction is preferred.

再者,於本發明中,轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之角度,及薄膜的寬度方向之配向角的角度差,係如以下地決定。 首先,從捲筒拉出薄膜,在兩端部(從各端部起在內側5cm的地點)、中央部及在中央部與在兩端部之中間的中間部之5處,決定配向方向。在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部係在將中央部與兩端部之間隔予以2等分之位置。還有,配向方向係當作使用分子配向計所求出的薄膜之慢軸方向。接著,調查薄膜全體之配向方向是接近流動方向(MD),還是接近寬度方向(TD)。然後,當薄膜全體之配向方向接近流動方向時,各自在上述5處,求出配向方向與薄膜的流動方向之間的角度,將成為最大角度之地方的值採用作為「配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向之間的角度」之最大值。另一方面,當薄膜全體之配向方向接近寬度方向時,各自在上述5處,求出配向方向與薄膜的流動方向正交之方向之間的角度,將成為最大的角度之地方的值採用作為「配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向正交之方向之間的角度」之最大值。 又,於上述5處所求出的角度之中,將最大值與最小值之間之差當作「薄膜在寬度方向之配向角的角度差」。 還有,角度係相對於長度方向或寬度方向,將在與前述最大值相同側具有配向方向時當作正值,相對於長度方向或寬度方向,將在相反側具有配向方向時當作負值,區別正・負,而評價最小值。Furthermore, in the present invention, the angle between the alignment direction of the transfer alignment film and the flow direction of the alignment film or a direction orthogonal to the flow direction, and the angle difference between the alignment angles in the width direction of the film are determined as follows. . First, the film is pulled out from the roll, and the alignment direction is determined at five locations at the two ends (5 cm inside from each end), the center, and the intermediate portion between the center and both ends. The intermediate portion between the central portion and both end portions is located at a position that bisects the distance between the central portion and both end portions. In addition, the alignment direction is regarded as the slow axis direction of the film determined using a molecular alignment meter. Next, it was investigated whether the alignment direction of the entire film was close to the flow direction (MD) or close to the width direction (TD). Then, when the alignment direction of the entire film is close to the flow direction, the angle between the alignment direction and the flow direction of the film is found at each of the five places mentioned above, and the value at the maximum angle is used as "the alignment direction of the alignment film and the flow direction of the film." The maximum value of the angle between the flow directions of the alignment film. On the other hand, when the alignment direction of the entire film is close to the width direction, the angle between the alignment direction and the direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the film is determined at each of the above five locations, and the value at the maximum angle is used as The maximum value of "the angle between the alignment direction of the alignment film and the direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the alignment film". Moreover, among the angles calculated in the above five points, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is regarded as "the angle difference in the alignment angle of the film in the width direction." In addition, the angle is regarded as a positive value when the alignment direction is on the same side as the maximum value with respect to the length direction or the width direction, and as a negative value when the alignment direction is on the opposite side with respect to the length direction or width direction. , distinguish positive and negative, and evaluate the minimum value.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的MD方向與TD方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率差之下限較佳為0%。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的MD方向與TD方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率差之上限較佳為4%,更佳為3%,進一步較佳為2%,特佳為1.5%,最佳為1%。若超過上限則在液晶化合物之配向處理中需要高溫的情況或在積層複數的液晶化合物而溫度的經歷變多之情況中,液晶化合物之配向方向偏離設計,將偏光板利用於顯示器時有時會發生漏光等。The lower limit of the thermal shrinkage difference between the MD direction and the TD direction at 150° C. for 30 minutes of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 0%. In addition, the upper limit of the thermal shrinkage difference between the MD direction and the TD direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention at 150° C. for 30 minutes is preferably 4%, more preferably 3%, further preferably 2%, and particularly preferably 1.5%, optimal is 1%. If the upper limit is exceeded, when a high temperature is required for the alignment process of the liquid crystal compound, or when a plurality of liquid crystal compounds are stacked and the temperature experience increases, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal compound may deviate from the design, which may cause problems when the polarizing plate is used in a display. Light leakage, etc. occurs.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的MD方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之下限較佳為-2%,更佳為-0.5%,進一步較佳為-0.1%,特佳為0%,最佳為0.01%。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的MD方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之上限較佳為4%,更佳為3%,進一步較佳為2.5%,特佳為2%,最佳為1.5%。若超過上述則會難以進行熱收縮率差之調整。又,平面性會變差,作業性會惡化。The lower limit of the heat shrinkage rate in the MD direction of the alignment film for transfer printing at 150° C. for 30 minutes is preferably -2%, more preferably -0.5%, further preferably -0.1%, and particularly preferably 0%. The best is 0.01%. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. In addition, the upper limit of the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention in the MD direction at 150°C for 30 minutes is preferably 4%, more preferably 3%, further preferably 2.5%, particularly preferably 2%, and most preferably The best is 1.5%. If it exceeds the above, it will be difficult to adjust the thermal shrinkage rate difference. In addition, the flatness will be deteriorated and the workability will be deteriorated.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的TD方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之下限較佳為-2%,更佳為-0.5%,進一步較佳為-0.1%,特佳為0%,最佳為0.01%。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的TD方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之上限較佳為4%,更佳為2.5%,進一步較佳為2%,特佳為1.5%,最佳為1%。若超過上述則會難以進行熱收縮率差之調整。又,平面性會變差,作業性會惡化。The lower limit of the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film for transfer printing in the TD direction at 150° C. for 30 minutes is preferably -2%, more preferably -0.5%, further preferably -0.1%, and particularly preferably 0%. The best is 0.01%. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. In addition, the upper limit of the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film for transfer in the TD direction at 150° C. for 30 minutes is preferably 4%, more preferably 2.5%, further preferably 2%, particularly preferably 1.5%, and most preferably The best is 1%. If it exceeds the above, it will be difficult to adjust the thermal shrinkage rate difference. In addition, the flatness will be deteriorated and the workability will be deteriorated.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之相對於MD方向而言45度的方向與相對於MD方向而言135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率差之下限較佳為0%。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之相對於MD方向而言45度的方向與相對於MD方向而言135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率差之上限較佳為4%,更佳為3%,進一步較佳為2%,特佳為1.5%,最佳為1%。若脫離上述範圍則液晶化合物之配向方向偏離設計,將偏光板利用於顯示器時有時會發生漏光等。The lower limit of the thermal shrinkage rate difference between the direction of 45 degrees with respect to the MD direction and the direction of 135 degrees with respect to the MD direction at 150° C. for 30 minutes of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 0%. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. In addition, the upper limit of the thermal shrinkage difference between the direction of 45 degrees with respect to the MD direction and the direction of 135 degrees with respect to the MD direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention at 150° C. for 30 minutes is preferably 4%. Better is 3%, further better is 2%, extra best is 1.5%, and best is 1%. If it deviates from the above range, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal compound deviates from the design, and light leakage may occur when the polarizing plate is used in a display.

薄膜之熱收縮特性係可藉由延伸溫度、延伸倍率、熱定型溫度、鬆弛步驟之倍率、鬆弛步驟之溫度等進行調節。又,在冷卻步驟中薄膜之表面溫度為100℃以上,從夾具釋放而捲取者亦較宜。從夾具之釋放係可為打開夾具之方法,也可為將經夾具保持的端部,以刀具等切離之方法。又,在離線進行加熱處理(退火處理)者亦為有效果的方法。The heat shrinkage characteristics of the film can be adjusted by stretching temperature, stretching ratio, heat setting temperature, relaxation step ratio, relaxation step temperature, etc. In addition, it is also preferable that the surface temperature of the film is 100°C or higher during the cooling step and that the film is released from the clamp and rolled up. The release from the clamp may be by opening the clamp, or by cutting off the end held by the clamp with a knife or the like. In addition, performing heat treatment (annealing treatment) offline is also an effective method.

為了使本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮特性成為上述,轉印用配向薄膜之材料較佳為聚酯,特佳為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯。In order to achieve the above-mentioned thermal shrinkage characteristics of the alignment film for transfer at 150° C. for 30 minutes, the material of the alignment film for transfer is preferably polyester, and particularly preferably polyethylene terephthalate.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的95℃最大熱收縮率之下限較佳為0%,更佳為0.01%。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的95℃最大熱收縮率之上限較佳為2.5%,更佳為2%,進一步較佳為1.2%,特佳為1%,最佳為0.8%。若超過上述則將偏光板利用於顯示器時,有時會發生漏光等。The lower limit of the maximum thermal shrinkage rate at 95°C of the alignment film for transfer printing of the present invention is preferably 0%, more preferably 0.01%. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. In addition, the upper limit of the maximum thermal shrinkage rate at 95°C of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 2.5%, more preferably 2%, further preferably 1.2%, particularly preferably 1%, and most preferably 0.8%. If it exceeds the above, light leakage may occur when the polarizing plate is used in a display.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的最大熱收縮率方向與MD或TD方向之角度之下限較佳為0度。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的最大熱收縮率方向與MD或TD方向之角度之上限較佳為20度,更佳為15度,進一步較佳為10度,特佳為7度,最佳為5度。若超過上述則液晶化合物之配向方向偏離設計,將偏光板利用於顯示器時有時會發生漏光等。The lower limit of the angle between the maximum thermal shrinkage direction and the MD or TD direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 0 degrees. In addition, the upper limit of the angle between the maximum heat shrinkage direction and the MD or TD direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 20 degrees, more preferably 15 degrees, further preferably 10 degrees, and particularly preferably 7 degrees. The optimum is 5 degrees. If it exceeds the above, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal compound will deviate from the design, and light leakage may occur when the polarizing plate is used in a display.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之MD方向的彈性模數及TD方向的彈性模數之下限較佳為1GPa,更佳為2GPa。若小於上述,則在各步驟中伸長,會不成為符合設計之配向方向。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之MD方向的彈性模數及TD方向的彈性模數之上限較佳為8GPa,更佳為7GPa。若超過上述則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。The lower limit of the elastic modulus in the MD direction and the elastic modulus in the TD direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1 GPa, more preferably 2 GPa. If it is less than the above, it will stretch in each step and the alignment direction will not conform to the design. Furthermore, the upper limit of the elastic modulus in the MD direction and the elastic modulus in the TD direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 8 GPa, more preferably 7 GPa. If it exceeds the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value.

於本發明之轉印用配向薄膜為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜時,在150℃加熱90分鐘後的配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之酯環狀三聚物之析出量(以下稱為表面寡聚物析出量(150℃90min))之下限較佳為0mg/m2 ,更佳為0.01mg/m2 。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。表面寡聚物析出量(150℃90min)之上限較佳為1mg/m2 ,更佳為0.7mg/m2 ,進一步較佳為0.5mg/m2 ,特佳為0.3mg/m2 。若超過上述則在將液晶化合物配向層予以複數積層時或在需要高溫下的配向處理時,霧度上升或發生異物,在紫外線照射的配向控制時偏光紊亂,會變成得不到符合設計的相位差層或偏光層。再者,於本發明中,配向薄膜的「脫模面」係意指於配向薄膜之表面中,意圖設置配向薄膜進行轉印的液晶化合物配向層之表面。設有寡聚物阻擋塗層、平坦化塗層或脫模層等時,只要在其上設置液晶化合物配向層,則此等寡聚物阻擋塗層、平坦化層或脫模層等之表面(與液晶化合物配向層相接之面)係配向薄膜的「脫模面」。When the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is a polyethylene terephthalate film, the precipitation amount of ester cyclic terpolymer on the surface of the release surface of the aligned polyester film after heating at 150°C for 90 minutes ( The lower limit, hereinafter referred to as the surface oligomer precipitation amount (150° C. 90 min), is preferably 0 mg/m 2 , more preferably 0.01 mg/m 2 . If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. The upper limit of the surface oligomer precipitation amount (150° C. 90 min) is preferably 1 mg/m 2 , more preferably 0.7 mg/m 2 , further preferably 0.5 mg/m 2 , and particularly preferably 0.3 mg/m 2 . If it exceeds the above, when a plurality of liquid crystal compound alignment layers are laminated or when alignment processing at high temperatures is required, haze will increase or foreign matter will be generated, and polarization will be disturbed during alignment control under ultraviolet irradiation, resulting in the failure to achieve the designed phase. Difference layer or polarizing layer. Furthermore, in the present invention, the "release surface" of the alignment film means the surface of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer on which the alignment film is intended to be transferred. When an oligomer barrier coating, planarization layer or release layer is provided, as long as a liquid crystal compound alignment layer is provided on it, the surface of the oligomer barrier coating, planarization layer or release layer will (The surface in contact with the liquid crystal compound alignment layer) is the "release surface" of the alignment film.

為了降低表面寡聚物析出量,較佳為在轉印用配向薄膜之表面上設置能阻擋寡聚物(酯環狀三聚物)之析出的塗層(寡聚物阻擋塗層)。In order to reduce the amount of oligomer precipitation on the surface, it is preferable to provide a coating layer (oligomer barrier coating) that can block the precipitation of oligomers (ester cyclic trimer) on the surface of the alignment film for transfer.

寡聚物阻擋塗層較佳包含50重量%以上的Tg為90℃以上的樹脂。作為如此的樹脂,較佳為三聚氰胺等的胺基樹脂、醇酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯、丙烯酸樹脂等。樹脂的Tg之上限較佳為200℃。The oligomer barrier coating preferably contains more than 50% by weight of a resin with a Tg of 90°C or more. As such resin, amine resins such as melamine, alkyd resins, polystyrene, acrylic resins, etc. are preferred. The upper limit of Tg of the resin is preferably 200°C.

寡聚物阻擋塗層的厚度之下限較佳為0.01μm,更佳為0.03μm,進一步較佳為0.05μm。若小於上述,則會得不到充分的阻擋效果。寡聚物阻擋塗層的厚度之上限較佳為10μm,更佳為5μm,進一步較佳為2μm。若超過上述則效果有時會變飽和。The lower limit of the thickness of the oligomer barrier coating is preferably 0.01 μm, more preferably 0.03 μm, and still more preferably 0.05 μm. If it is less than the above, sufficient blocking effect will not be obtained. The upper limit of the thickness of the oligomer barrier coating is preferably 10 μm, more preferably 5 μm, and still more preferably 2 μm. If it exceeds the above, the effect may become saturated.

又,為了降低表面寡聚物析出量,亦較佳為降低構成轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面側層之聚酯樹脂中的寡聚物(酯環狀三聚物)之含量(以下稱為表層寡聚物含量)。表層寡聚物含量之下限較佳為0.3質量%,更佳為0.33質量%,進一步較佳為0.35質量%。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。表層寡聚物含量之上限較佳為0.7質量%,更佳為0.6質量%,進一步較佳為0.5質量%。還有,於本發明中,配向薄膜之「脫模面側層」係意指在構成配向薄膜的聚酯之各層中,脫模面存在之層。此處,即使薄膜為單一層時,也有稱為脫模面側層之情況。此時,後述之背面側層與脫模面側層變成相同層。In addition, in order to reduce the amount of surface oligomer precipitation, it is also preferable to reduce the content of the oligomer (ester cyclic trimer) in the polyester resin constituting the release surface side layer of the alignment film for transfer (hereinafter referred to as is the surface oligomer content). The lower limit of the surface layer oligomer content is preferably 0.3% by mass, more preferably 0.33% by mass, and still more preferably 0.35% by mass. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. The upper limit of the surface layer oligomer content is preferably 0.7% by mass, more preferably 0.6% by mass, further preferably 0.5% by mass. In addition, in the present invention, the "release surface side layer" of the alignment film means the layer on which the release surface exists among the polyester layers constituting the alignment film. Here, even when the film is a single layer, it may be called a release surface side layer. At this time, the back side layer and the release surface side layer described later become the same layer.

為了降低表層寡聚物含量,較佳為降低原料聚酯中的寡聚物含量。原料聚酯中的寡聚物含量之下限較佳為0.23質量%,更佳為0.25質量%,進一步較佳為0.27質量%。原料聚酯中的寡聚物含量之上限較佳為0.7質量%,更佳為0.6質量%,進一步較佳為0.5質量%。原料聚酯中的寡聚物含量係可藉由對於固相聚合等固體狀態的聚酯,以180℃以上熔點以下之溫度進行加熱處理而使其降低。亦較佳為使聚酯的觸媒失去活性。In order to reduce the oligomer content in the surface layer, it is preferable to reduce the oligomer content in the raw polyester. The lower limit of the oligomer content in the raw material polyester is preferably 0.23 mass%, more preferably 0.25 mass%, and further preferably 0.27 mass%. The upper limit of the oligomer content in the raw material polyester is preferably 0.7% by mass, more preferably 0.6% by mass, and further preferably 0.5% by mass. The oligomer content in the raw material polyester can be reduced by heat-treating polyester in a solid state such as solid phase polymerization at a temperature of 180° C. or higher and lower than the melting point. It is also preferable to deactivate the polyester catalyst.

又,為了降低表層寡聚物析出量,縮短製膜時的熔融時間者亦有效。In addition, in order to reduce the amount of oligomer precipitation on the surface layer, it is also effective to shorten the melting time during film formation.

於本發明之轉印用配向薄膜為聚酯薄膜時,構成薄膜的聚酯之極限黏度(IVf)之下限較佳為0.45dl/g,更佳為0.5dl/g,進一步較佳為0.53dl/g。若小於上述,則薄膜的耐衝擊性會有時變差。又,有製膜變難以進行,或厚度的均勻性變差之情況。IVf之上限較佳為0.9dl/g,更佳為0.8dl/g,進一步較佳為0.7dl/g。若超過上述則熱收縮率有時會變高。又,製膜有時會變難以進行。When the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is a polyester film, the lower limit of the intrinsic viscosity (IVf) of the polyester constituting the film is preferably 0.45 dl/g, more preferably 0.5 dl/g, and further preferably 0.53 dl. /g. If it is less than the above, the impact resistance of the film may deteriorate. In addition, film formation may become difficult or the uniformity of thickness may deteriorate. The upper limit of IVf is preferably 0.9dl/g, more preferably 0.8dl/g, further preferably 0.7dl/g. If it exceeds the above, the thermal shrinkage rate may become high. In addition, film formation may become difficult.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的波長380nm之光線穿透率之下限較佳為0%。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的波長380nm之光線穿透率之上限較佳為20%,更佳為15%,進一步較佳為10%,特佳為5%。若超過上限則在藉由照射偏光紫外線而成為特定之配向方向時,由於來自背面的反射而配向層或液晶化合物配向層的方向均勻性有時會變差。波長380nm之光線穿透率係可藉由添加UV吸收劑而成為範圍內。The lower limit of the light transmittance of the alignment film for transfer printing of the present invention at a wavelength of 380 nm is preferably 0%. In addition, the upper limit of the light transmittance of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention at a wavelength of 380 nm is preferably 20%, more preferably 15%, further preferably 10%, and particularly preferably 5%. If the upper limit is exceeded, when a specific alignment direction is achieved by irradiation of polarized ultraviolet rays, the direction uniformity of the alignment layer or the liquid crystal compound alignment layer may deteriorate due to reflection from the back surface. The light transmittance at wavelength 380nm can be within the range by adding UV absorbers.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的霧度之下限較佳為0.01%,更佳為0.1%。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的霧度之上限較佳為3%,更佳為2.5%,進一步較佳為2%,特佳為1.7%。若超過上述則在偏光UV照射時偏光係紊亂,會得不到符合設計的相位差層或偏光層。另外,於相位差層或偏光層之檢査時會因漫反射而發生漏光,有時變難以進行檢査。The lower limit of the haze of the alignment film for transfer printing of the present invention is preferably 0.01%, more preferably 0.1%. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. In addition, the upper limit of the haze of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 3%, more preferably 2.5%, further preferably 2%, and particularly preferably 1.7%. If it exceeds the above, the polarization system will be disordered during polarized UV irradiation, and a retardation layer or polarizing layer that meets the design will not be obtained. In addition, when inspecting the retardation layer or polarizing layer, light leakage may occur due to diffuse reflection, making inspection difficult.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之150℃加熱90分鐘後的霧度之下限係與上述同樣。The lower limit of the haze of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention after heating at 150° C. for 90 minutes is the same as above.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之150℃加熱90分鐘前後的霧度之變化量之下限較佳為0%。上限較佳為0.5%,更佳為0.4%,進一步較佳為0.3%。The lower limit of the change in haze of the alignment film for transfer printing of the present invention before and after heating at 150° C. for 90 minutes is preferably 0%. The upper limit is preferably 0.5%, more preferably 0.4%, and further preferably 0.3%.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜係慢軸方向的折射率nx-快軸方向的折射率ny之下限較佳為0.005,更佳為0.01,進一步較佳為0.02,特佳為0.03,最佳為0.04,最佳為0.05。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,nx-ny之上限較佳為0.15,更佳為0.13,進一步較佳為0.12。若超過上述則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。特別地,於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜之情況,nx-ny之值較佳為上述者。The alignment film for transfer of the present invention has a refractive index nx in the slow axis direction - a refractive index ny in the fast axis direction. The lower limit is preferably 0.005, more preferably 0.01, further preferably 0.02, particularly preferably 0.03, and most preferably 0.04, optimal is 0.05. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. Moreover, the upper limit of nx-ny is preferably 0.15, more preferably 0.13, and further preferably 0.12. If it exceeds the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. In particular, in the case of a polyethylene terephthalate film, the value of nx-ny is preferably the above.

於雙軸延伸之情況,nx-ny之下限較佳為0.005,更佳為0.01。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,於雙軸延伸之情況,nx-ny之上限較佳為0.05,更佳為0.04,進一步較佳為0.03。若超過上述則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。In the case of biaxial extension, the lower limit of nx-ny is preferably 0.005, and more preferably 0.01. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. Moreover, in the case of biaxial stretching, the upper limit of nx-ny is preferably 0.05, more preferably 0.04, and further preferably 0.03. If it exceeds the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value.

於單軸延伸之情況,nx-ny之下限較佳為0.05,更佳為0.06。若小於上述,則單軸延伸之優點會變淡。又,於單軸延伸之情況,nx-ny之上限較佳為0.15,更佳為0.13。若超過上述則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。In the case of uniaxial extension, the lower limit of nx-ny is preferably 0.05, and more preferably 0.06. If it is less than the above, the advantages of uniaxial extension will be diluted. In addition, in the case of uniaxial extension, the upper limit of nx-ny is preferably 0.15, more preferably 0.13. If it exceeds the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的快軸方向之折射率(ny)之下限較佳為1.55,更佳為1.58,進一步較佳為1.57。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的快軸方向之折射率(ny)之上限較佳為1.64,更佳為1.63,進一步較佳為1.62。The lower limit of the refractive index (ny) in the fast axis direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1.55, more preferably 1.58, and further preferably 1.57. Furthermore, the upper limit of the refractive index (ny) in the fast axis direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1.64, more preferably 1.63, and still more preferably 1.62.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的慢軸方向之折射率(nx)之下限較佳為1.66,更佳為1.67,進一步較佳為1.68。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的慢軸方向之折射率(nx)之上限較佳為1.75,更佳為1.73,進一步較佳為1.72,特佳為1.71。The lower limit of the refractive index (nx) in the slow axis direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1.66, more preferably 1.67, and still more preferably 1.68. Furthermore, the upper limit of the refractive index (nx) in the slow axis direction of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1.75, more preferably 1.73, further preferably 1.72, and particularly preferably 1.71.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的抗靜電性(表面電阻)之下限較佳為1×105 Ω/□,更佳為1×106 Ω/□。即使小於上述也效果飽和,會得不到高於其之效果。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的抗靜電性(表面電阻)之上限較佳為1×1013 Ω/□,更佳為1×1012 Ω/□,進一步較佳為1×1011 Ω/□。若超過上限則會發生靜電所致的排斥,或發生液晶化合物之配向方向的紊亂。抗靜電性(表面電阻)係可藉由在轉印用配向薄膜中混入抗靜電劑,在脫模層之下層或相反面設置抗靜電塗層,或在脫模層中添加抗靜電劑等,而成為上述範圍內。The lower limit of the antistatic property (surface resistance) of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1×10 5 Ω/□, and more preferably 1×10 6 Ω/□. Even if it is less than the above, the effect will be saturated, and the effect higher than this will not be obtained. In addition, the upper limit of the antistatic property (surface resistance) of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1×10 13 Ω/□, more preferably 1×10 12 Ω/□, and further preferably 1×10 11 Ω/□. If the upper limit is exceeded, repulsion due to static electricity may occur, or the alignment direction of the liquid crystal compound may be disordered. Antistatic properties (surface resistance) can be obtained by mixing an antistatic agent into the alignment film for transfer, providing an antistatic coating under or on the opposite side of the release layer, or adding an antistatic agent to the release layer. And become within the above range.

作為添加至抗靜電塗層或脫模層或轉印用配向薄膜的抗靜電劑,可舉出聚苯胺、聚噻吩等的導電性高分子、聚苯乙烯磺酸鹽等的離子性高分子、錫摻雜氧化銦、銻摻雜氧化錫等的導電性微粒子。Examples of the antistatic agent added to the antistatic coating, release layer, or alignment film for transfer include conductive polymers such as polyaniline and polythiophene, ionic polymers such as polystyrene sulfonate, Conductive fine particles such as tin-doped indium oxide and antimony-doped tin oxide.

亦可在轉印用配向薄膜上設置脫模層。惟,當薄膜本身係與相位差層或配向層等轉印物之密著性低,即使不設置脫模層也有充分的脫模性時,亦可不設置脫模層。又,於密著性過低時,亦可對於表面進行電暈處理等而調整密著性。脫模層係可使用眾所周知的脫模劑而形成,可舉出醇酸樹脂、胺基樹脂、長鏈丙烯酸丙烯酸酯系、聚矽氧樹脂、氟樹脂當作較佳例。此等係可配合與轉印物的密著性而適宜選擇。A release layer may also be provided on the alignment film for transfer. However, when the film itself has low adhesion to a transfer material such as a retardation layer or an alignment layer and has sufficient releasability even without a release layer, the release layer does not need to be provided. In addition, when the adhesion is too low, the surface may be subjected to corona treatment or the like to adjust the adhesion. The release layer can be formed using a well-known release agent, and preferred examples include alkyd resins, amine resins, long-chain acrylic acrylates, silicone resins, and fluororesins. These systems can be appropriately selected according to the adhesion to the transfer material.

再者,於本發明之轉印用配向薄膜中,亦可設置易接著層作為寡聚物阻擋塗層、抗靜電層及脫模層之下層。Furthermore, in the alignment film for transfer of the present invention, an easy-adhesion layer can also be provided as a layer beneath the oligomer barrier coating, antistatic layer and release layer.

(脫模面粗糙度) 本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面(A層表面)較佳為平滑。(Roughness of release surface) The release surface (layer A surface) of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably smooth.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之三次元算術平均粗糙度(SRa)之下限較佳為1nm,更佳為2nm。若小於上述,則現實上數值之達成可能變困難。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之SRa之上限較佳為30nm,更佳為25nm,進一步較佳為20nm,特佳為15nm,最佳為10nm。The lower limit of the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness (SRa) of the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1 nm, more preferably 2 nm. If it is less than the above, it may become difficult to achieve the actual numerical value. Moreover, the upper limit of SRa of the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 30 nm, more preferably 25 nm, further preferably 20 nm, particularly preferably 15 nm, and most preferably 10 nm.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之三次元十點平均粗糙度(SRz)之下限較佳為5nm,更佳為10nm,進一步較佳為13nm。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之SRz之上限較佳為200nm,更佳為150nm,進一步較佳為120nm,特佳為100nm,最佳為80nm。The lower limit of the three-dimensional ten-point average roughness (SRz) of the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 5 nm, more preferably 10 nm, and further preferably 13 nm. In addition, the upper limit of SRz of the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 200 nm, more preferably 150 nm, further preferably 120 nm, particularly preferably 100 nm, and most preferably 80 nm.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之最大高度(SRy:脫模面最大山高度SRp+脫模面最大谷深度SRv)之下限較佳為10nm,更佳為15nm,進一步較佳為20nm。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之SRy之上限較佳為300nm,更佳為250nm,進一步較佳為150nm,特佳為120nm,最佳為100nm。The lower limit of the maximum height of the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention (SRy: the maximum mountain height of the release surface SRp + the maximum valley depth of the release surface SRv) is preferably 10 nm, more preferably 15 nm, and further preferably 20 nm. . Furthermore, the upper limit of SRy on the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 300 nm, more preferably 250 nm, further preferably 150 nm, particularly preferably 120 nm, and most preferably 100 nm.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面之0.5μm以上的突起數之上限較佳為5個/m2 ,更佳為4個/m2 ,進一步較佳為3個/m2 ,特佳為2個/m2 ,最佳為1個/m2The upper limit of the number of protrusions of 0.5 μm or more on the release surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 5 pieces/m 2 , more preferably 4 pieces/m 2 , and further preferably 3 pieces/m 2 , especially The optimal number is 2 pieces/m 2 and the optimal number is 1 piece/m 2 .

若脫模面的粗糙度超過上述,則在本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之上所形成的液晶化合物配向層之微少部分中,不成為符合設計之配向狀態或相位差,有發生針孔狀或傷痕狀的缺點之情況。茲認為此係原因為若是配向層,則在摩擦時凸部分的配向層係剝落,或凸部分的山腳部或凹部分之摩擦變不充分。又,茲認為原因為於脫模面層中包含粒子之情況,在摩擦時粒子脫落,損傷表面。另外,茲認為即使為摩擦配向層或光配向層,也當在設有配向層之狀態下捲取時,由於與背面層摩擦,而在凸部分之配向層中造成空孔,因壓力而配向紊亂等。茲認為原因為由於此等配向層之缺陷,當在配向層上設置液晶化合物配向層時,在其微少部分中不發生液晶化合物的配向。If the roughness of the release surface exceeds the above, a small portion of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer formed on the transfer alignment film of the present invention will not achieve the designed alignment state or phase difference, and pinholes may occur. or scar-like defects. It is considered that the reason for this is that if it is an alignment layer, the alignment layer of the convex portion will peel off during rubbing, or the friction of the foot portion or the concave portion of the convex portion will become insufficient. In addition, it is believed that the reason is that the release surface layer contains particles, and the particles fall off during friction, damaging the surface. In addition, it is believed that even if it is a friction alignment layer or a photo alignment layer, when it is rolled up in a state where the alignment layer is provided, the friction with the back layer will cause holes in the alignment layer of the convex portion, and the alignment will occur due to pressure. Disorders etc. It is believed that the reason is that due to defects in these alignment layers, when a liquid crystal compound alignment layer is provided on the alignment layer, alignment of the liquid crystal compound does not occur in a small part of the alignment layer.

若認為亦原因為若是液晶化合物配向層,則在液晶化合物之塗布時,因在凸部分中液晶化合物配向層的厚度變薄,或在凹部分中厚度變薄等之理由,而得不到符合設計的相位差。It is thought that the reason is that if it is a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, when the liquid crystal compound is coated, the thickness of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer becomes thinner in the convex parts, or the thickness becomes thinner in the concave parts, etc., and the compliance is not obtained. Design phase difference.

為了使脫模面(A)之粗糙度成為上述範圍,當本發明之轉印用配向薄膜為延伸薄膜時,可舉出以下之方法。 ・使薄膜原材的脫模面側層(表層)不含粒子。 ・於薄膜原材的脫模面側層(表層)包含粒子時,成為粒徑小的粒子。 ・於薄膜原材的脫模面側層(表層)包含粒子時,設置平坦化塗層。In order to make the roughness of the release surface (A) fall into the above range, when the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is a stretched film, the following method can be used. ・Make the release side layer (surface layer) of the film raw material free of particles. ・When particles are contained in the release surface side layer (surface layer) of the film raw material, particles with a small particle size will be formed. ・When the side layer (surface layer) of the release surface of the film material contains particles, provide a flattening coating.

又,於上述以外,使原料或製造步驟如以下地潔淨(clean)者亦重要。 ・對於聚合時的粒子漿體進行過濾。於碎片化前進行過濾。 ・使碎片化冷卻水成為潔淨者。使碎片搬運、製膜機投入之前的環境成為潔淨。 ・於製膜時,對於熔融樹脂進行過濾,去除凝聚粒子或異物。 ・對於塗劑進行過濾,去除異物。 ・於製膜、塗布、乾燥時,在潔淨環境下進行。In addition, in addition to the above, it is also important to clean the raw materials or manufacturing steps as follows. ・Filter the particle slurry during polymerization. Filter before fragmentation. ・Makes fragmented cooling water purifier. Make the environment clean before the debris is transported and the film-making machine is put into operation. ・During film production, the molten resin is filtered to remove aggregated particles or foreign matter. ・Filter the paint to remove foreign matter. ・Carry out in a clean environment during film making, coating and drying.

表層係為了平滑化,較佳為實質上不含粒子。所謂實質上不含粒子,就是意指粒子含量小於50ppm,較佳為小於30ppm。For the purpose of smoothing, the surface layer is preferably substantially free of particles. The term "substantially free of particles" means that the particle content is less than 50 ppm, preferably less than 30 ppm.

為了提高表面的滑動性,表層亦可含有粒子。含有粒子時,表層粒子含量之下限較佳為0ppm,更佳為50ppm,進一步較佳為100ppm。又,表層粒子含量之上限較佳為20000ppm,更佳為10000ppm,進一步較佳為8000ppm,特佳為6000ppm。若超過上限,則無法使表層的粗糙度成為在較佳的範圍內。In order to improve the sliding properties of the surface, the surface layer may also contain particles. When particles are contained, the lower limit of the surface particle content is preferably 0 ppm, more preferably 50 ppm, and further preferably 100 ppm. Moreover, the upper limit of the surface particle content is preferably 20,000 ppm, more preferably 10,000 ppm, further preferably 8,000 ppm, and particularly preferably 6,000 ppm. If it exceeds the upper limit, the roughness of the surface layer cannot be brought into a preferable range.

表層粒徑之下限較佳為0.005μm,更佳為0.01μm,進一步較佳為0.02μm。又,表層粒徑之上限較佳為3μm,更佳為1μm,進一步較佳為0.5μm,特佳為0.3μm。若超過上限,則無法使表層的粗糙度成為在較佳的範圍內。The lower limit of the surface particle diameter is preferably 0.005 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm, and still more preferably 0.02 μm. Moreover, the upper limit of the surface particle diameter is preferably 3 μm, more preferably 1 μm, further preferably 0.5 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 μm. If it exceeds the upper limit, the roughness of the surface layer cannot be brought into a preferable range.

即使表層不含粒子或為粒徑小的粒子時,也當其下層含有粒子時,有由於下層的粒子之影響而脫模面層的粗糙度變高之情況。如此的情況較佳為採取增大脫模面層的厚度,或設置不含粒子的下層(中間層)等之方法。Even if the surface layer does not contain particles or has particles with a small particle size, when the lower layer contains particles, the roughness of the release surface layer may become high due to the influence of the particles in the lower layer. In such a case, it is preferable to increase the thickness of the release surface layer or provide a lower layer (intermediate layer) that does not contain particles.

表層厚度之下限較佳為0.1μm,更佳為0.5μm,進一步較佳為1μm,特佳為3μm,最佳為5μm。又,相對於轉印用配向薄膜之總厚度,表層厚度之上限較佳為97%,更佳為95%,進一步較佳為90%。The lower limit of the surface layer thickness is preferably 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm, further preferably 1 μm, particularly preferably 3 μm, and most preferably 5 μm. Moreover, the upper limit of the surface layer thickness is preferably 97%, more preferably 95%, and further preferably 90% with respect to the total thickness of the alignment film for transfer.

不含粒子的中間層係意指實質上不含粒子者,粒子之含量係小於50ppm,較佳為小於30ppm。相對於轉印用配向薄膜之總厚度,中間層之厚度之下限較佳為10%,更佳為20%,進一步較佳為30%。上限較佳為95%,更佳為90%。The middle layer that does not contain particles means that it does not contain particles substantially, and the content of particles is less than 50 ppm, preferably less than 30 ppm. The lower limit of the thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 10%, more preferably 20%, and further preferably 30% relative to the total thickness of the alignment film for transfer. The upper limit is preferably 95%, more preferably 90%.

於轉印用配向薄膜的表層之粗糙度高時,亦可設置平坦化塗層。作為平坦化塗層所用的樹脂,可舉出聚酯、丙烯酸、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚醯胺等一般作為塗劑的樹脂用者。亦較佳為使用三聚氰胺、異氰酸酯、環氧樹脂、唑啉化合物等之交聯劑。此等係可溶解或分散於有機溶劑或水中而成為塗劑,進行塗布、乾燥。或者,於丙烯酸之情況,可在無溶劑下塗布,以放射線使其硬化。平坦化塗層亦可為寡聚物阻擋塗層。以塗布設置脫模層時,亦可增厚脫模層本身。When the surface layer of the alignment film for transfer has high roughness, a planarization coating can also be provided. Examples of the resin used for the flattening coating include resins commonly used as coating agents, such as polyester, acrylic, polyurethane, polystyrene, and polyamide. It is also preferred to use melamine, isocyanate, epoxy resin, Cross-linking agent for oxazoline compounds. These can be dissolved or dispersed in organic solvents or water to become coating agents, which can be applied and dried. Alternatively, in the case of acrylic, it can be coated without solvent and hardened with radiation. The planarization coating can also be an oligomer barrier coating. When the release layer is provided by coating, the release layer itself can also be thickened.

表面平坦化塗層的厚度之下限較佳為0.01μm,更佳為0.1μm,進一步較佳為0.2μm,特佳為0.3μm。若小於上述,則平坦化的效果會變不充分。又,表面平坦化塗層的厚度之上限較佳為10μm,更佳為7μm,進一步較佳為5μm,特佳為3μm。即使超過上述,有時也得不到高於其之平坦化效果。The lower limit of the thickness of the surface planarizing coating is preferably 0.01 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm, further preferably 0.2 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 μm. If it is less than the above, the flattening effect will be insufficient. Moreover, the upper limit of the thickness of the surface planarization coating is preferably 10 μm, more preferably 7 μm, further preferably 5 μm, and particularly preferably 3 μm. Even if it exceeds the above, a higher flattening effect may not be obtained.

平坦化塗層係在製膜過程中可線內塗布而設置,也可另外離線設置。The planarization coating can be applied in-line during the film production process, or can also be provided offline.

(背面側粗糙度) 又,縱然使本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面成為平滑,也有在液晶化合物配向層中發生缺點之情況。可知此係因為轉印用配向薄膜被捲取成捲筒狀,由於表面與背面接觸,故背面的粗糙度係轉印至表面(背面的凸部轉印至脫模層而形成凹部)。設有液晶化合物配向層的轉印用配向薄膜,係為了保護液晶化合物配向層,亦有貼合遮蔽薄膜而捲取之情況,但為了減低成本,亦大多直接捲取。如此地,茲認為於設有配向層之狀態下捲取時,配向層係因背面的凸部,而發生凹陷、空孔、配向層的配向紊亂等現象。又,茲認為於設置液晶化合物配向層之後,因背面之凸部,而在液晶化合物配向層中發生空孔、配向紊亂等現象。特別地,於捲芯部中壓力高,容易發生此等之現象。根據以上之知識見解,可知上述之缺點係可藉由使脫模面的相反面表面(背面)成為特定的粗糙度而防止。(Back side roughness) Furthermore, even if the release surface of the transfer alignment film of the present invention is smoothed, defects may occur in the liquid crystal compound alignment layer. It can be seen that this is because the alignment film for transfer is rolled into a roll, and since the surface and the back surface are in contact, the roughness of the back surface is transferred to the surface (the convex portions on the back surface are transferred to the release layer to form concave portions). In order to protect the liquid crystal compound alignment layer, the transfer alignment film provided with the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is sometimes laminated with a masking film and rolled up. However, in order to reduce costs, it is often rolled up directly. In this way, it is considered that when the alignment layer is rolled up in a state where the alignment layer is provided, phenomena such as depressions, holes, and alignment disorder of the alignment layer occur due to the convex portions on the back surface of the alignment layer. Furthermore, it is believed that after the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is provided, voids, alignment disorder and other phenomena may occur in the liquid crystal compound alignment layer due to the convex portions on the back surface. In particular, the pressure in the winding core part is high, so this phenomenon is easy to occur. Based on the above knowledge, it can be seen that the above-mentioned shortcomings can be prevented by making the surface opposite to the release surface (the back surface) have a specific roughness.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之三次元算術平均粗糙度(SRa)之下限較佳為1nm,更佳為2nm,進一步較佳為3nm,特佳為4nm,最佳為5nm。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之SRa之上限較佳為50nm,更佳為45nm,進一步較佳為40nm。若超過上限則缺點有時會變多。The lower limit of the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness (SRa) of the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1 nm, more preferably 2 nm, further preferably 3 nm, particularly preferably 4 nm, and most preferably 5 nm. Furthermore, the upper limit of SRa on the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 50 nm, more preferably 45 nm, and still more preferably 40 nm. If the upper limit is exceeded, the disadvantages may increase.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之三次元十點平均粗糙度(SRz)之下限較佳為7nm,更佳為10nm,進一步較佳為15nm,特佳為20nm,最佳為25nm。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之SRz之上限較佳為1500nm,更佳為1200nm,進一步較佳為1000nm,特佳為700nm,最佳為500nm。若超過上述則缺點有時會變多。The lower limit of the three-dimensional ten-point average roughness (SRz) of the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 7 nm, more preferably 10 nm, further preferably 15 nm, particularly preferably 20 nm, and most preferably 25 nm. In addition, the upper limit of SRz on the back side of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 1500 nm, more preferably 1200 nm, further preferably 1000 nm, particularly preferably 700 nm, and most preferably 500 nm. If it exceeds the above, the disadvantages may increase.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之最大高度(SRy:背面最大山高度SRp+背面最大其它深度SRv)之下限較佳為15nm,更佳為20nm,進一步較佳為25nm,特佳為30nm,最佳為40nm。又,本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之最大高度SRy之上限較佳為2000nm,更佳為1500nm,進一步較佳為1200nm,特佳為1000nm,最佳為700nm。若超過上述則缺點有時會變多。The lower limit of the maximum height of the backside of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention (SRy: the maximum mountain height of the backside SRp + the maximum other depth of the backside SRv) is preferably 15 nm, more preferably 20nm, further preferably 25nm, and particularly preferably 30nm. The optimum is 40nm. In addition, the upper limit of the maximum height SRy of the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 2000 nm, more preferably 1500 nm, further preferably 1200 nm, particularly preferably 1000 nm, and most preferably 700 nm. If it exceeds the above, the disadvantages may increase.

本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之2μm以上的突起之數之上限較佳為5個/m2 ,更佳為4個/m2 ,進一步較佳為3個/m2 ,特佳為2個/m2 ,最佳為1個/m2 。若超過上述則缺點有時會變多。The upper limit of the number of protrusions of 2 μm or more on the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is preferably 5/m 2 , more preferably 4/m 2 , further preferably 3/m 2 , and particularly preferably 2 pieces/m 2 , the best is 1 piece/m 2 . If it exceeds the above, the disadvantages may increase.

若本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之粗糙度小於上述範圍,則薄膜的滑動性變差,在薄膜的捲筒之搬運時、捲取時等會難以滑動或容易造成傷痕。又,若本發明之轉印用配向薄膜的背面之粗糙度超過上述,則上述之缺點變容易發生。If the roughness of the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is less than the above range, the film will have poor sliding properties, making it difficult to slide or prone to scratches during transportation and winding of the film roll. In addition, if the roughness of the back surface of the alignment film for transfer of the present invention exceeds the above, the above-mentioned shortcomings will easily occur.

為了使背面之粗糙度成為上述範圍,當本發明之轉印用配向薄膜為延伸薄膜時,可舉出以下之方法。 ・使薄膜原材的背面側層(背面層)成為包含特定粒子者。 ・使用在薄膜原材的中間層中包含粒子者,設為在背面層側(背面層)中不含粒子者而減薄厚度。 ・於薄膜原材的背面側層(背面層)之粗糙度大時,設置平坦化塗層。 ・於薄膜原材的背面側層(背面層)不含粒子時或粗糙度小時,設置易滑塗層(含粒子的塗層)。In order to make the roughness of the back surface fall into the above range, when the alignment film for transfer of the present invention is a stretched film, the following method can be used. ・The backside layer (backside layer) of the film raw material is made to contain specific particles. ・If the intermediate layer of the film raw material contains particles, the thickness will be reduced so that the back layer side (back layer) does not contain particles. ・When the roughness of the back side layer (back layer) of the film raw material is large, a flattening coating is provided. ・When the back side layer (back layer) of the film raw material does not contain particles or the roughness is small, an easy-slip coating (particle-containing coating) is provided.

背面層粒徑之下限較佳為0.01μm,更佳為0.05μm,進一步較佳為0.1μm。若小於上述則滑動性變差,則有發生捲取不良之情況。又,背面層粒徑之上限較佳為5μm,更佳為3μm,進一步較佳為2μm。若超過上述則背面有時會變過粗。The lower limit of the particle size of the back layer is preferably 0.01 μm, more preferably 0.05 μm, and still more preferably 0.1 μm. If it is less than the above, the sliding properties will deteriorate and winding failure may occur. Moreover, the upper limit of the particle size of the back surface layer is preferably 5 μm, more preferably 3 μm, and still more preferably 2 μm. If it exceeds the above, the back surface may become too thick.

於背面包含粒子時,較佳為50ppm,更佳為100ppm。若小於上述,則會得不到添加粒子所造成的滑動性效果。又,背面層粒子含量之上限較佳為10000ppm,更佳為7000ppm,進一步較佳為5000ppm。若超過上述則背面有時會變過粗。When particles are contained on the back surface, 50 ppm is preferred, and 100 ppm is more preferred. If it is less than the above, the sliding effect caused by the addition of particles will not be obtained. Moreover, the upper limit of the particle content of the back layer is preferably 10,000 ppm, more preferably 7,000 ppm, and still more preferably 5,000 ppm. If it exceeds the above, the back surface may become too thick.

背面層厚度之下限較佳為0.1μm,更佳為0.5μm,進一步較佳為1μm,特佳為3μm,最佳為5μm。又,相對於轉印用配向薄膜之總厚度,背面層厚度之上限較佳為95%,更佳為90%,進一步較佳為85%。The lower limit of the back layer thickness is preferably 0.1 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm, further preferably 1 μm, particularly preferably 3 μm, and most preferably 5 μm. In addition, the upper limit of the thickness of the back layer is preferably 95%, more preferably 90%, and further preferably 85% of the total thickness of the alignment film for transfer.

亦較佳為使中間層包含粒子,背面層不含粒子而減薄,控制背面的粗糙度。藉由採取如此的形態,可一邊防止粒子之脫落,一邊確保背面的粗糙度。It is also preferable that the middle layer contains particles and the back layer is made thinner without containing particles, thereby controlling the roughness of the back surface. By adopting such a form, it is possible to ensure the roughness of the back surface while preventing particles from falling off.

中間層的粒子之粒徑或添加量係與背面層的粒子同樣。此時之背面層的厚度之下限較佳為0.5μm,更佳為1μm,進一步較佳為2μm。厚度之上限較佳為30μm,更佳為25μm,進一步較佳為20μm。The particle size or added amount of the particles in the middle layer is the same as that of the particles in the back layer. At this time, the lower limit of the thickness of the back surface layer is preferably 0.5 μm, more preferably 1 μm, and further preferably 2 μm. The upper limit of the thickness is preferably 30 μm, more preferably 25 μm, and still more preferably 20 μm.

原材薄膜的背面粗時,亦較佳為設置平坦化塗層。平坦化塗層係可同樣地使用在表面之平坦化塗層所列舉者。When the back side of the original film is rough, it is also preferable to provide a flattening coating. The planarization coating can be used in the same manner as those listed for the planarization coating on the surface.

背面平坦化塗層的厚度之下限較佳為0.01μm,更佳為0.03μm,進一步較佳為0.05μm。若小於上述,則平坦化的效果會變小。又,背面平坦化塗層的厚度之上限較佳為10μm,更佳為5μm,進一步較佳為3μm。即使超過上述,平坦化的效果亦會飽和。The lower limit of the thickness of the back surface planarizing coating is preferably 0.01 μm, more preferably 0.03 μm, and still more preferably 0.05 μm. If it is smaller than the above, the flattening effect will become smaller. Moreover, the upper limit of the thickness of the back surface planarization coating is preferably 10 μm, more preferably 5 μm, and still more preferably 3 μm. Even if it exceeds the above, the flattening effect will be saturated.

可將原材薄膜的背面側設為不含粒子者,在背面設置含有粒子的易滑塗層。又,於原材薄膜的背面之粗糙度小時,亦可設置易滑塗層。The back side of the original film can be made particle-free, and an easy-slip coating containing particles can be provided on the back side. In addition, when the roughness of the back side of the original film is small, an easy-slip coating can also be provided.

背面易滑塗層的粒徑之下限較佳為0.01μm,更佳為0.05μm。若小於上述則會得不到易滑性。又,背面易滑塗層的粒徑之上限較佳為5μm,更佳為3μm,進一步較佳為2μm,特佳為1μm。若超過上述則背面的粗糙度有時會過高。The lower limit of the particle size of the back surface slippery coating is preferably 0.01 μm, more preferably 0.05 μm. If it is less than the above, slipability will not be obtained. In addition, the upper limit of the particle size of the back surface slippery coating is preferably 5 μm, more preferably 3 μm, further preferably 2 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm. If it exceeds the above, the roughness of the back surface may be too high.

背面易滑塗層的粒子含量之下限較佳為0.1質量%,更佳為0.5質量%,進一步較佳為1質量%,特佳為1.5質量%,最佳為2質量%。若小於上述則會得不到易滑性。又,背面易滑塗層的粒子含量之上限較佳為20質量%,更佳為15質量%,進一步較佳為10質量%。若超過上述則背面的粗糙度有時會過高。The lower limit of the particle content of the back slippery coating is preferably 0.1 mass%, more preferably 0.5 mass%, further preferably 1 mass%, particularly preferably 1.5 mass%, and most preferably 2 mass%. If it is less than the above, slipability will not be obtained. Moreover, the upper limit of the particle content of the back surface slippery coating is preferably 20 mass%, more preferably 15 mass%, and further preferably 10 mass%. If it exceeds the above, the roughness of the back surface may be too high.

背面易滑塗層的厚度之下限較佳為0.01μm,更佳為0.03μm,進一步較佳為0.05μm。又,背面易滑塗層的厚度之上限較佳為10μm,更佳為5μm,進一步較佳為3μm,特佳為2μm,最佳為1μm。The lower limit of the thickness of the back surface slippery coating is preferably 0.01 μm, more preferably 0.03 μm, and further preferably 0.05 μm. In addition, the upper limit of the thickness of the back surface slippery coating is preferably 10 μm, more preferably 5 μm, further preferably 3 μm, particularly preferably 2 μm, and most preferably 1 μm.

(轉印用配向薄膜之製造方法) 以下,說明本發明之轉印用配向薄膜為延伸薄膜時的轉印用配向薄膜之製造方法。 進行MD延伸時,MD倍率之下限較佳為1.5倍。上限較佳為6倍,更佳為5.5倍,進一步較佳為5倍。又,進行TD延伸時,TD倍率之下限較佳為1.5倍。TD倍率之上限較佳為6倍,更佳為5.5倍,進一步較佳為5倍。(Production method of alignment film for transfer printing) Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the transfer alignment film when the transfer alignment film of the present invention is a stretched film will be described. When performing MD stretching, the lower limit of the MD magnification is preferably 1.5 times. The upper limit is preferably 6 times, more preferably 5.5 times, and further preferably 5 times. Furthermore, when performing TD stretching, the lower limit of the TD magnification ratio is preferably 1.5 times. The upper limit of the TD magnification is preferably 6 times, more preferably 5.5 times, and further preferably 5 times.

HS溫度之下限較佳為150℃,更佳為170℃。若小於上述則熱收縮率有時會不降低。又,HS溫度之上限較佳為240℃,更佳為230℃。若超過上限則有時會樹脂劣化。The lower limit of the HS temperature is preferably 150°C, more preferably 170°C. If it is less than the above, the thermal shrinkage rate may not decrease. Moreover, the upper limit of the HS temperature is preferably 240°C, more preferably 230°C. If it exceeds the upper limit, the resin may deteriorate.

TD鬆弛率之下限較佳為0.1%,更佳為0.5%。若小於上述則熱收縮率有時會不下降。又,TD鬆弛率之上限較佳為8%,更佳為6%,進一步較佳為5%。若超過上述則會因鬆弛而平面性變差,厚度有時會變不均勻。The lower limit of the TD relaxation rate is preferably 0.1%, more preferably 0.5%. If it is less than the above, the thermal shrinkage rate may not decrease. Moreover, the upper limit of the TD relaxation rate is preferably 8%, more preferably 6%, and further preferably 5%. If it exceeds the above, the flatness will deteriorate due to relaxation, and the thickness may become uneven.

退火處理較佳為捲出薄膜,通過烘箱中而捲取之方法。The annealing treatment is preferably a method of rolling out the film and passing it through an oven.

退火溫度之下限較佳為80℃,更佳為90℃,進一步較佳為100℃。若小於上述則有時會得不到退火效果。又,退火溫度之上限較佳為200℃,更佳為180℃,進一步較佳為160℃。若超過上限則有時平面性會降低,或熱收縮會變高。The lower limit of the annealing temperature is preferably 80°C, more preferably 90°C, and further preferably 100°C. If it is less than the above, the annealing effect may not be obtained. Moreover, the upper limit of the annealing temperature is preferably 200°C, more preferably 180°C, and still more preferably 160°C. If it exceeds the upper limit, the flatness may decrease or the heat shrinkage may increase.

退火時間之下限較佳為5秒,更佳為10秒,進一步較佳為15秒。若小於上述則有時會得不到退火效果。又,退火時間之上限較佳為10分鐘,更佳為5分鐘,進一步較佳為3分鐘,特佳為1分鐘。若超過上限則不僅效果飽和,而且需要大的烘箱,生產性有時會變差。The lower limit of the annealing time is preferably 5 seconds, more preferably 10 seconds, and further preferably 15 seconds. If it is less than the above, the annealing effect may not be obtained. Moreover, the upper limit of the annealing time is preferably 10 minutes, more preferably 5 minutes, further preferably 3 minutes, and particularly preferably 1 minute. If the upper limit is exceeded, not only will the effect be saturated, but a large oven will be required, and productivity may deteriorate.

於退火處理中採用以捲出速度與捲取速度之圓周速度差來調節鬆弛率,調整捲取張力而調整鬆弛率等之方法。鬆弛率之下限較佳為0.5%。若小於上述則有時會得不到退火效果。又,鬆弛率之上限較佳為8%,更佳為6%,進一步較佳為5%。若超過上限則有時平面性會降低,或會發生捲取不良。In the annealing process, methods such as adjusting the relaxation rate by adjusting the circumferential speed difference between the unwinding speed and the coiling speed are used, and the coiling tension is adjusted to adjust the relaxation rate. The lower limit of the relaxation rate is preferably 0.5%. If it is less than the above, the annealing effect may not be obtained. Moreover, the upper limit of the relaxation rate is preferably 8%, more preferably 6%, and further preferably 5%. If the upper limit is exceeded, flatness may be reduced or winding failure may occur.

(液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體) 接著,說明本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體。 本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,具有積層有液晶化合物配向層與本發明之轉印用配向薄膜之構造。液晶化合物配向層必須塗布於轉印用配向薄膜上,使其配向。作為使其配向之方法,有對於液晶化合物配向層的下層(脫模面)進行摩擦處理等,賦予配向控制功能之方法,或在塗布液晶化合物後,照射偏光紫外線等,直接使液晶化合物配向之方法。(Laminate for liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer) Next, the laminate for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the present invention will be described. The laminate for transfer of a liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the present invention has a structure in which a liquid crystal compound alignment layer and the alignment film for transfer of the present invention are laminated. The liquid crystal compound alignment layer must be coated on the transfer alignment film to align it. Methods for aligning the liquid crystal compound include rubbing treatment on the lower layer (release surface) of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer to impart an alignment control function, or directly aligning the liquid crystal compound by irradiating polarized ultraviolet light after coating the liquid crystal compound. method.

(配向控制層) 又,亦較佳為在轉印用配向薄膜上設置配向控制層,在此配向控制層上設置液晶化合物配向層之方法。還有,於本發明中,不僅是液晶化合物配向層,有時合併配向控制層與液晶化合物配向層之總稱,亦稱為液晶化合物配向層。作為配向控制層,只要使液晶化合物配向層成為所欲的配向狀態,則可為任何樣式的配向控制層,但可舉出將樹脂的塗布膜摩擦處理後的摩擦處理配向控制層,或藉由偏光之光照射而使分子配向而產生配向功能之光配向控制層作為合適例。(Alignment control layer) Also preferred is a method of providing an alignment control layer on the alignment film for transfer, and providing a liquid crystal compound alignment layer on the alignment control layer. In addition, in the present invention, not only the liquid crystal compound alignment layer, but also the alignment control layer and the liquid crystal compound alignment layer may be collectively referred to as the liquid crystal compound alignment layer. The alignment control layer can be any type of alignment control layer as long as the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is brought into a desired alignment state. Examples of the alignment control layer include a rubbing treatment alignment control layer after rubbing a resin coating film, or a rubbing treatment alignment control layer. A suitable example is a light alignment control layer that is irradiated with polarized light to align molecules and produce an alignment function.

(摩擦處理配向控制層) 作為藉由摩擦處理形成的配向控制層中所用的聚合物材料,較宜使用聚乙烯醇及其衍生物、聚醯亞胺及其衍生物、丙烯酸樹脂、聚矽氧烷衍生物等。(Rubbing treatment alignment control layer) As the polymer material used in the alignment control layer formed by rubbing treatment, polyvinyl alcohol and its derivatives, polyimide and its derivatives, acrylic resin, polysiloxane derivatives, etc. are preferably used.

以下,說明摩擦處理配向控制層之形成方法。首先,將包含上述聚合物材料之摩擦處理配向控制層塗布液塗布於配向薄膜的脫模面上後,進行加熱乾燥等,得到摩擦處理前的配向控制層。配向控制層塗布液亦可具有交聯劑。Next, the formation method of the rubbing treatment alignment control layer will be described. First, the rubbing-treated alignment control layer coating liquid containing the above-mentioned polymer material is coated on the release surface of the alignment film, and then heated and dried to obtain an alignment control layer before rubbing treatment. The alignment control layer coating liquid may also contain a crosslinking agent.

作為摩擦處理配向控制層塗布液之溶劑,只要是溶解聚合物材料者,則可無限制地使用。作為具體例,可舉出水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、賽珞蘇等之醇;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯等之酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮等之酮系溶劑;甲苯或二甲苯等之芳香族烴溶劑;四氫呋喃或二甲氧基乙烷等之醚系溶劑等。此等溶劑係可單獨使用,也可組合。As a solvent for the rubbing treatment alignment control layer coating liquid, any solvent can be used without limitation as long as it dissolves the polymer material. Specific examples include alcohols such as water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, and cellulose; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and γ-butyrolactone; and acetone. , ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene or xylene; ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxyethane, etc. These solvents can be used individually or in combination.

摩擦處理配向控制層塗布液之濃度係可按照聚合物之種類或所欲製造的配向控制層之厚度而適宜調節,但以固體成分濃度表示,較佳為0.2~20質量%,特佳為0.3~10質量%之範圍。作為塗布之方法,可採用凹版塗布法、模塗法、棒塗法及施用器法(applicator method)等之塗布法,或柔版法等之印刷法等眾所周知的方法。The concentration of the rubbing treatment alignment control layer coating liquid can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of polymer or the thickness of the alignment control layer to be produced. However, in terms of solid content concentration, 0.2 to 20 mass % is preferred, and 0.3 is particularly preferred. ~10% by mass. As a coating method, well-known methods such as coating methods such as gravure coating, die coating, rod coating, and applicator method, or printing methods such as flexographic method can be used.

加熱乾燥溫度亦取決於轉印用配向薄膜,但PET時較佳為30℃~170℃之範圍,更佳為50~150℃,進一步較佳為70~130℃。乾燥溫度低時,發生需增長乾燥時間之必要,有生產性差之情況。乾燥溫度過高時,轉印用配向薄膜因熱而伸長,或熱收縮變大,無法達成符合設計的光學功能,或有平面性變差之情況。加熱乾燥時間例如可為0.5~30分鐘,較佳為1~20分鐘,更佳為2~10分鐘。The heating and drying temperature also depends on the alignment film for transfer, but for PET, it is preferably in the range of 30°C to 170°C, more preferably 50°C to 150°C, and still more preferably 70°C to 130°C. When the drying temperature is low, it may be necessary to extend the drying time, resulting in poor productivity. When the drying temperature is too high, the alignment film for transfer will stretch due to heat, or the thermal shrinkage will increase, making it impossible to achieve the designed optical function, or the flatness may deteriorate. The heating drying time can be, for example, 0.5 to 30 minutes, preferably 1 to 20 minutes, more preferably 2 to 10 minutes.

摩擦處理配向控制層之厚度較佳為0.01~10μm,更佳為0.05~5μm,特佳為0.1μm~1μm。The thickness of the rubbing treatment alignment control layer is preferably 0.01-10 μm, more preferably 0.05-5 μm, particularly preferably 0.1 μm-1 μm.

接著,施予摩擦處理。摩擦處理一般可藉由紙或布在一定方向中摩擦聚合物層之表面而實施。一般而言,使用尼龍、聚酯、丙烯酸等之纖維的起毛布之摩擦輥,摩擦處理配向控制層表面。為了設置相對於長條狀薄膜之長度方向而言在斜的指定方向中配向的液晶化合物配向控制層,配向控制層的摩擦方向亦必須成為配合其之角度。角度之調整係可藉由調整摩擦輥與配向薄膜之角度、調整配向薄膜的搬運速度與輥的旋轉數而使其一致。Next, a rubbing treatment is applied. Rubbing treatment can generally be implemented by rubbing paper or cloth on the surface of the polymer layer in a certain direction. Generally speaking, a friction roller made of fleece cloth made of nylon, polyester, acrylic, etc. fibers is used to rub the surface of the alignment control layer. In order to provide a liquid crystal compound alignment control layer that is aligned in a predetermined direction obliquely with respect to the length direction of the strip-shaped film, the rubbing direction of the alignment control layer must also be at a suitable angle. The angle can be adjusted by adjusting the angle between the friction roller and the alignment film, adjusting the transport speed of the alignment film and the rotation number of the roller to make it consistent.

再者,亦可對於轉印用配向薄膜的脫模面直接進行摩擦處理,而使轉印用配向薄膜表面具有配向控制功能,此情況亦包含於本發明之技術範圍中。Furthermore, the release surface of the alignment film for transfer can also be directly rubbed so that the surface of the alignment film for transfer has an alignment control function. This case is also included in the technical scope of the present invention.

(光配向控制層) 所謂的光配向控制層,就是指將包含具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體與溶劑之塗布液塗布於配向薄膜,藉由照射偏光,較佳為偏光紫外線,而賦予有配向管制力的配向膜者。所謂的光反應性基,就是指藉由光照射而產生液晶配向能力的基。具體而言,發生因照射光而產生的分子之配向誘發或如異構化反應、二聚化反應、光交聯反應或光分解反應之成為液晶配向能力的起源之光反應者。於該光反應性基之中,發生二聚化反應或光交聯反應者,係在配向性優異,保持液晶化合物配向層的層列液晶狀態之點上較宜。作為能發生如以上的反應之光反應性基,較佳為具有不飽和鍵,尤其雙鍵,特佳為具有選自由C=C鍵、C=N鍵、N=N鍵、C=O鍵所組成之群組的至少一個之基。(Photo-alignment control layer) The so-called photo-alignment control layer refers to coating a coating liquid containing a polymer or monomer with a photoreactive group and a solvent on the alignment film, and imparting alignment control power by irradiating polarized light, preferably polarized ultraviolet light. Alignment film. The so-called photoreactive group refers to a group that produces liquid crystal alignment ability by irradiation with light. Specifically, it is a photoreactor that is the origin of the alignment ability of liquid crystal, such as alignment induction of molecules produced by irradiation of light or isomerization reaction, dimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction or photodecomposition reaction. Among the photoreactive groups, those that undergo dimerization reaction or photocrosslinking reaction are preferred in that they have excellent alignment properties and maintain the smectic liquid crystal state of the alignment layer of the liquid crystal compound. As a photoreactive group that can undergo the above reaction, it is preferable to have an unsaturated bond, especially a double bond, and particularly preferably to have a bond selected from the group consisting of C=C bond, C=N bond, N=N bond, and C=O bond. At least one of the bases of the group formed.

作為具有C=C鍵的光反應性基,例如可舉出乙烯基、多烯基、二苯乙烯基、苯乙烯基吡啶基、苯乙烯基吡啶鎓基、查耳酮基及桂皮醯基等。作為具有C=N鍵的光反應性基,可舉出具有芳香族希夫鹼及芳香族腙等結構之基。作為具有N=N鍵的光反應性基,可舉出具有偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基及甲䐶基等或偶氮氧基苯作為基本結構者。作為具有C=O鍵的光反應性基,可舉出二苯基酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基及馬來醯亞胺基等。此等之基亦可具有烷基、烷氧基、芳基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基及鹵化烷基等之取代基。Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=C bond include a vinyl group, a polyalkenyl group, a distyryl group, a styrylpyridinyl group, a styrylpyridinium group, a chalcone group, a cinnamyl group, and the like. . Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=N bond include groups having structures such as aromatic Schiff bases and aromatic hydrazones. Examples of the photoreactive group having an N=N bond include an azophenyl group, an azonaphthyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic azo group, a disazo group, a methyl group, and the like, or an azooxybenzene group. Basic structurer. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=O bond include a diphenylketo group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, a maleimide group, and the like. These groups may also have substituents such as alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, allyloxy, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxyl, sulfonate, and halogenated alkyl groups.

其中,較佳為能發生光二聚化反應的光反應性基,桂皮醯基及查耳酮基由於光配向所需要的偏光照射量為比較少,且容易得到熱安定性或隨著時間經過的安定性優異之光配向層而較宜。進一步來說,作為具有光反應性基的聚合物,特佳為該聚合物側鏈的末端部具有成為如桂皮酸結構的桂皮醯基者。作為主鏈之結構,可舉出聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸、聚酯等。Among them, photoreactive groups that can undergo photodimerization reactions are preferred. The cinnamyl group and the chalcone group require a relatively small amount of polarized light irradiation for photoalignment, and it is easy to obtain thermal stability or time-lapse properties. It is preferred for a photo-alignment layer with excellent stability. Furthermore, as a polymer having a photoreactive group, a polymer having a cinnamonyl group forming a structure such as cinnamic acid at the end of the side chain of the polymer is particularly preferred. Examples of the structure of the main chain include polyimide, polyamide, (meth)acrylic acid, polyester, and the like.

作為具體的配向控制層,例如可舉出日本特開2006-285197號公報、日本特開2007-76839號公報、日本特開2007-138138號公報、日本特開2007-94071號公報、日本特開2007-121721號公報、日本特開2007-140465號公報、日本特開2007-156439號公報、日本特開2007-133184號公報、日本特開2009-109831號公報、日本特開2002-229039號公報、日本特開2002-265541號公報、日本特開2002-317013號公報、日本特表2003-520878號公報、日本特表2004-529220號公報、日本特開2013-33248號公報、日本特開2015-7702號公報、日本特開2015-129210號公報中記載之配向控制層。Specific examples of the alignment control layer include Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-285197, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-76839, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-138138, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-94071, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-121721, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-140465, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-156439, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-133184, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-109831, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-229039 , Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-265541, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-317013, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-520878, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-529220, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-33248, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015 -Alignment control layer described in Publication No. 7702 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-129210.

作為光配向控制層形成用塗布液之溶劑,只要是能溶解具有光反應性基的聚合物及單體者,則可無限制地使用。作為具體例,可例示在摩擦處理配向控制層之形成方法所列舉者。於光配向控制層形成用塗布液中,亦較佳為添加光聚合起始劑、聚合抑制劑、各種安定劑。又,亦可添加具有光反應性基的聚合物及單體以外的聚合物或不具有與光反應性基的單體能共聚合的光反應性基之單體。As the solvent of the coating liquid for forming the photo-alignment control layer, any solvent can be used without limitation as long as it can dissolve the polymer and monomer having a photoreactive group. Specific examples include those listed in the method of forming the alignment control layer by rubbing treatment. It is also preferable to add a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, and various stabilizers to the coating liquid for forming the photoalignment control layer. Furthermore, a polymer other than a polymer having a photoreactive group and a monomer or a monomer having no photoreactive group copolymerizable with the monomer having a photoreactive group may be added.

光配向控制層形成用塗布液之濃度、塗布方法、乾燥條件亦可例示在摩擦處理配向控制層之形成方法所列舉者。厚度亦與摩擦處理配向控制層的較佳厚度同樣。The concentration of the coating liquid for forming the photo-alignment control layer, the coating method, and the drying conditions can also be exemplified by those listed in the method of forming the alignment control layer by rubbing treatment. The thickness is also the same as the preferred thickness of the rubbing treated alignment control layer.

偏光較佳為從配向前的光配向控制層面之方向來照射。對於轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向,使光配向控制層之配向方向成為平行或垂直時,亦可穿透轉印用配向薄膜而照射。The polarized light is preferably irradiated from the direction of the light alignment control layer in front of the alignment. Regarding the alignment direction of the alignment film for transfer, when the alignment direction of the photo-alignment control layer is parallel or vertical, the light can also be irradiated through the alignment film for transfer.

偏光之波長較佳為具有光反應性基的聚合物或單體之光反應性基能吸收光能量之波長區域者。具體而言,較佳為波長250~400nm之範圍的紫外線。作為偏光的光源,可舉出氙燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、KrF、ArF等之紫外光雷射等,較佳為高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵化物燈。The wavelength of the polarized light is preferably a wavelength region in which the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, ultraviolet rays with a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm are preferred. Examples of polarized light sources include xenon lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, ultraviolet lasers such as KrF and ArF, and preferably high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps and metal halide lamps.

偏光例如係藉由使來自前述光源的光通過偏光鏡而得。藉由調整前述偏光鏡的偏光角,可調整偏光的方向。前述偏光鏡可舉出偏光濾片或格蘭-湯姆森(Glan-Thompson)、格蘭-泰勒(Glan-Taylor)等之偏光稜鏡或線柵型之偏光鏡。偏光較佳為實質上平行光。Polarized light is obtained, for example, by passing light from the aforementioned light source through a polarizer. By adjusting the polarization angle of the aforementioned polarizer, the direction of polarization can be adjusted. Examples of the polarizer include polarizing filters, polarizing filters such as Glan-Thompson and Glan-Taylor, or wire grid polarizers. The polarized light is preferably substantially parallel light.

藉由調整所照射的偏光之角度,可任意地調整光配向控制層之配向管制力的方向。By adjusting the angle of the irradiated polarized light, the direction of the alignment control force of the light alignment control layer can be adjusted arbitrarily.

照射強度雖然因聚合起始劑或樹脂(單體)之種類或量而不同,但例如以365nm基準,較佳為10~10000mJ/cm2 ,更佳為20~5000mJ/cm2Although the irradiation intensity varies depending on the type or amount of the polymerization initiator or resin (monomer), for example, based on 365 nm, it is preferably 10 to 10000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 20 to 5000 mJ/cm 2 .

(液晶化合物配向層) 液晶化合物配向層只要是將液晶化合物配向者,則沒有特別的限制。作為具體例,可舉出包含液晶化合物與二色性色素之偏光膜(偏光鏡)、包含棒狀或圓盤狀液晶化合物之相位差層。(Liquid crystal compound alignment layer) The liquid crystal compound alignment layer is not particularly limited as long as it aligns liquid crystal compounds. Specific examples include a polarizing film (polarizer) containing a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye, and a retardation layer containing a rod-shaped or disk-shaped liquid crystal compound.

(偏光膜) 偏光膜具有僅使一方向的偏光通過之功能,包含二色性色素。(Polarizing film) The polarizing film has the function of passing polarized light in only one direction and contains dichroic pigments.

(二色性色素) 所謂的二色性色素,就是指具有分子的長軸方向之吸光度與短軸方向之吸光度為不同性質的色素。(Dichroic pigment) The so-called dichroic pigment refers to a pigment whose absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule and the absorbance in the short axis direction are different.

二色性色素較佳為在300~700nm之範圍中具有吸收極大波長(λMAX)者。如此的二色性色素例如可舉出吖啶色素、 色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素及蒽醌色素等,其中較佳為偶氮色素。偶氮色素可舉出單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、三偶氮色素、四偶氮色素及二苯乙烯偶氮色素等,較佳為雙偶氮色素及三偶氮色素。二色性色素係可單獨,也可組合,但為了調整色調(無彩色),較佳為組合2種以上。特佳為組合3種類以上。特別地,較佳為組合3種類以上的偶氮化合物。The dichroic dye preferably has an absorption maximum wavelength (λMAX) in the range of 300 to 700 nm. Examples of such dichroic dyes include acridine dyes, Pigments, cyanine pigments, naphthalene pigments, azo pigments, anthraquinone pigments, etc., among which azo pigments are preferred. Examples of azo dyes include monoazo dyes, disazo dyes, trisazo dyes, tetrasazo dyes, and stilbene azo dyes, and disazo dyes and trisazo dyes are preferred. The dichroic pigments may be used alone or in combination. However, in order to adjust the color tone (achromatic color), it is preferable to combine two or more types. Especially good is a combination of 3 or more types. In particular, it is preferable to combine three or more types of azo compounds.

作為較佳的偶氮化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-126628號公報、日本特開2010-168570號、日本特開2013-101328號、日本特開2013-210624號中記載之色素。Preferable azo compounds include dyes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2007-126628, 2010-168570, 2013-101328, and 2013-210624.

二色性色素亦較佳為導入至丙烯酸等聚合物之側鏈的二色性色素聚合物。作為此等二色性色素聚合物,可例示日本特開2016-4055號中列舉的聚合物、日本特開2014-206682號之[化6]~[化12]的化合物聚合而成之聚合物。The dichroic dye is preferably a dichroic dye polymer introduced into the side chain of a polymer such as acrylic acid. Examples of such dichroic dye polymers include polymers listed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-4055 and polymers obtained by polymerizing compounds [Chemical 6] to [Chemical 12] in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-206682. .

偏光膜中的二色性色素之含量,從使二色性色素的配向成為良好之觀點來看,在偏光膜中較佳為0.1~30質量%,更佳為0.5~20質量%,進一步較佳為1.0~15質量%,特佳為2.0~10質量%。The content of the dichroic pigment in the polarizing film is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving the alignment of the dichroic pigment. The preferred range is 1.0 to 15% by mass, and the particularly preferred range is 2.0 to 10% by mass.

於偏光膜中,為了提高膜強度或偏光度、膜均質性,較佳為進一步包含聚合性液晶化合物。再者,此處聚合性液晶化合物亦包含聚合後之物作為膜。The polarizing film preferably further contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in order to improve film strength, degree of polarization, and film homogeneity. In addition, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound here also includes a polymerized product as a film.

(聚合性液晶化合物) 所謂的聚合性液晶化合物,就是具有聚合性基且顯示液晶性之化合物。 所謂的聚合性基,就是意指參與聚合反應之基,較佳為光聚合性基。此處,所謂的光聚合性基,就是指從後述的光聚合起始劑所發生的活性自由基或藉由酸等可進行聚合反應之基。作為聚合性基,可舉出乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁基等。其中,較佳為丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁基,更佳為丙烯醯氧基。顯示液晶性的化合物係可為熱致性液晶或溶致液晶,另外可舉出熱致液晶中的向列液晶或層列液晶。(polymerizable liquid crystal compound) The so-called polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a compound that has a polymerizable group and exhibits liquid crystallinity. The so-called polymerizable group means a group that participates in the polymerization reaction, and is preferably a photopolymerizable group. Here, the photopolymerizable group refers to an active radical generated from a photopolymerization initiator to be described later or a group that can undergo a polymerization reaction with an acid or the like. Examples of the polymerizable group include vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-chlorovinyl, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, and oxirane. Oxetanyl etc. Among them, an acryloxy group, a methacryloxy group, an vinyloxy group, an oxirane group and an oxetanyl group are preferred, and an acryloxy group is more preferred. The compound showing liquid crystallinity may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a lyotropic liquid crystal, and examples of the thermotropic liquid crystal include nematic liquid crystal and smectic liquid crystal.

於得到更高的偏光特性之點上,聚合性液晶化合物較佳為層列液晶化合物,更佳為高次層列液晶化合物。若聚合性液晶化合物所形成的液晶相為高次層列相,則可製造配向秩序度更高的偏光膜。From the viewpoint of obtaining higher polarization characteristics, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a smectic liquid crystal compound, and more preferably a high-order smectic liquid crystal compound. If the liquid crystal phase formed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a higher-order smectic phase, a polarizing film with higher alignment order can be produced.

作為具體的較佳聚合性液晶化合物,例如可舉出日本特開2002-308832號公報、日本特開2007-16207號公報、日本特開2015-163596號公報、日本特表2007-510946號公報、日本特開2013-114131號公報、WO2005/045485號公報、Lub等人的Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 115,321-328(1996)等中記載者。Specific preferred polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-308832, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-16207, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-163596, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-510946. Those described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-114131, WO2005/045485, Recl. Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas, 115, 321-328 (1996) by Lub et al.

偏光膜中的聚合性液晶化合物之含有比例,從增高聚合性液晶化合物的配向性之觀點來看,較佳為偏光膜中的70~99.5質量%,更佳為75~99質量%,進一步較佳為80~97質量%,特佳為83~95質量%。From the viewpoint of increasing the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the content ratio of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polarizing film is preferably 70 to 99.5% by mass, more preferably 75 to 99% by mass, and further preferably 70 to 99.5% by mass in the polarizing film. The optimum range is 80 to 97 mass%, and the particularly preferred range is 83 to 95 mass%.

偏光膜係可塗布偏光膜組成物塗料而設置。偏光膜組成物塗料亦可包含溶劑、聚合起始劑、增感劑、聚合抑制劑、調平劑及聚合性非液晶化合物、交聯劑等。The polarizing film system can be provided by coating the polarizing film composition paint. The polarizing film composition coating may also include solvents, polymerization initiators, sensitizers, polymerization inhibitors, leveling agents, polymerizable non-liquid crystal compounds, cross-linking agents, etc.

作為溶劑,較宜使用作為配向層塗布液之溶劑所列舉者。As the solvent, those listed as solvents for the alignment layer coating liquid are preferably used.

聚合起始劑只要是使聚合性液晶化合物聚合者,則沒有限定,但較佳為因光產生活性自由基的光聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,例如可舉出苯偶姻化合物、二苯基酮化合物、烷基苯酮化合物、醯基氧化膦化合物、三化合物、錪鎓鹽及鋶鹽等。The polymerization initiator is not limited as long as it polymerizes a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, but it is preferably a photopolymerization initiator that generates active radicals due to light. Examples of the polymerization initiator include benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, alkylphenone compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, and trisulfide compounds. Compounds, phosphonium salts and sulfonium salts, etc.

增感劑較佳為光增感劑。例如,可舉出呫噸酮化合物、蒽化合物、啡噻、紅螢烯等。The sensitizer is preferably a photosensitizer. Examples include xanthone compounds, anthracene compounds, and phenanthrene compounds. , rubrene, etc.

作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出氫醌類、兒茶酚類、硫酚類。Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinones, catechols, and thiophenols.

作為聚合性非液晶化合物,較佳為與聚合性液晶化合物共聚合者,例如,於聚合性液晶化合物具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基時,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯類。(甲基)丙烯酸酯類可為單官能,也可為多官能。藉由使用多官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可提高偏光膜的強度。使用聚合性非液晶化合物時,在偏光膜中較佳為1~15質量%,更佳為2~10質量%,特佳為3~7質量%。若超過15質量%,則有時偏光度會降低。The polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound is preferably copolymerized with a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. For example, when the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has a (meth)acryloxy group, (meth)acrylates can be used. (Meth)acrylates may be monofunctional or polyfunctional. By using multifunctional (meth)acrylates, the strength of the polarizing film can be improved. When a polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound is used, it is preferably 1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 7% by mass in the polarizing film. If it exceeds 15 mass %, the degree of polarization may decrease.

作為交聯劑,可舉出能與聚合性液晶化合物、聚合性非液晶化合物的官能基反應之化合物,可舉出異氰酸酯化合物、三聚氰胺、環氧樹脂、唑啉化合物等。Examples of the crosslinking agent include compounds capable of reacting with the functional groups of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds and polymerizable non-liquid crystal compounds. Examples of crosslinking agents include isocyanate compounds, melamine, epoxy resins, Zozoline compounds, etc.

於將偏光膜組成物塗料直接塗布於轉印用配向薄膜上或配向控制層上後,視需要地藉由乾燥、加熱、硬化,而設置偏光膜。After the polarizing film composition paint is directly coated on the alignment film for transfer or the alignment control layer, the polarizing film is formed by drying, heating, and hardening as necessary.

作為塗布方法,可採用凹版塗布法、模塗法、棒塗法及施用器法等之塗布法,或柔版法等之印刷法等眾所周知的方法。As the coating method, well-known methods such as coating methods such as gravure coating, die coating, rod coating, and applicator methods, or printing methods such as the flexographic method can be used.

塗布後的轉印用配向薄膜係被導引至溫風乾燥機、紅外線乾燥機等,在30~170℃、較佳在50~150℃、更佳在70~130℃被乾燥。乾燥時間較佳為0.5~30分鐘,更佳為1~20分鐘,進一步較佳為2~10分鐘。The coated alignment film for transfer is guided to a warm air dryer, an infrared dryer, etc., and dried at 30 to 170°C, preferably at 50 to 150°C, and more preferably at 70 to 130°C. The drying time is preferably 0.5 to 30 minutes, more preferably 1 to 20 minutes, further preferably 2 to 10 minutes.

加熱係可為了使偏光膜中的二色性色素及聚合性液晶化合物更強固地配向而進行。加熱溫度較佳為聚合性液晶化合物形成液晶相之溫度範圍。The heating system can be performed in order to align the dichroic dye and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polarizing film more firmly. The heating temperature is preferably within the temperature range in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound forms a liquid crystal phase.

於偏光膜組成物塗料中包含聚合性液晶化合物時,較佳為進行硬化。作為硬化方法,可舉出加熱及光照射,較佳為光照射。藉由硬化,可將二色性色素以配向之狀態固定。硬化較佳為以在聚合性液晶化合物中形成有液晶相之狀態進行,亦可在顯示液晶相的溫度下光照射而硬化。作為光照射的光,可舉出可見光、紫外光及雷射光。於容易操作之點上,較佳為紫外光。When the polarizing film composition coating contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, it is preferably cured. Examples of the hardening method include heating and light irradiation, and light irradiation is preferred. By hardening, the dichroic pigment can be fixed in an aligned state. Curing is preferably performed in a state where a liquid crystal phase is formed in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Alternatively, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be cured by irradiation with light at a temperature that exhibits the liquid crystal phase. Examples of light to be irradiated include visible light, ultraviolet light, and laser light. At a point where it is easy to operate, ultraviolet light is preferred.

照射強度雖然因聚合起始劑或樹脂(單體)之種類或量而不同,但例如以365nm基準,較佳為100~10000mJ/cm2 ,更佳為200~5000mJ/cm2Although the irradiation intensity varies depending on the type or amount of the polymerization initiator or resin (monomer), for example, it is preferably 100 to 10000 mJ/cm 2 based on 365 nm, and more preferably 200 to 5000 mJ/cm 2 .

偏光膜係藉由將偏光膜組成物塗料塗布配向控制層上,而色素沿著配向層之配向方向進行配向,結果變成具有特定方向的偏光穿透軸,但當不設置配向控制層而直接塗布於轉印用配向薄膜時,藉由照射偏光光線而使偏光膜形成用組成物硬化,亦可使偏光膜配向。此時,相對於轉印用配向薄膜的長條方向,照射所欲方向的偏光光線(例如,斜方向的偏光光線)。再者,較佳為其後藉由加熱處理使二色性色素強固地沿著高分子液晶之配向方向進行配向。The polarizing film is made by coating the polarizing film composition coating on the alignment control layer, and the pigment is aligned along the alignment direction of the alignment layer, resulting in a polarization transmission axis with a specific direction. However, when the alignment control layer is not provided and is directly coated When transferring an alignment film, the polarizing film forming composition can be hardened by irradiating polarizing light, and the polarizing film can also be aligned. At this time, polarized light in a desired direction (for example, polarized light in an oblique direction) is irradiated with respect to the longitudinal direction of the transfer alignment film. Furthermore, it is preferable that the dichroic dye is strongly aligned along the alignment direction of the polymer liquid crystal by subsequent heat treatment.

偏光膜之厚度為0.1~5μm,較佳為0.3~3μm,更佳為0.5~2μm。The thickness of the polarizing film is 0.1-5 μm, preferably 0.3-3 μm, more preferably 0.5-2 μm.

(相位差層) 相位差層係可舉出為了光學補償而設於液晶顯示裝置的偏光鏡與液晶胞之間,或以圓偏光板的λ/4層、λ/2層等為代表者。作為液晶化合物,可使用正或負的A板、正或負的C板、O板等配合目的之棒狀液晶化合物或圓盤狀液晶化合物等。(phase difference layer) Examples of the phase difference layer include those provided between a polarizer and a liquid crystal cell of a liquid crystal display device for optical compensation, or λ/4 layers, λ/2 layers of circular polarizing plates, and the like. As the liquid crystal compound, a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound or a disk-shaped liquid crystal compound suitable for the purpose such as a positive or negative A plate, a positive or negative C plate, an O plate, etc. can be used.

相位差的程度係在作為液晶顯示裝置的光學補償使用時,按照液晶胞之類型、用於晶胞的液晶化合物之性質而適宜設定。例如,於TN方式時,較宜使用採用圓盤狀液晶的O板。於VA方式或IPS方式時,較宜使用採用棒狀液晶化合物或圓盤狀液晶化合物的C板(C-plate)或A板。又,於圓偏光板的λ/4相位差層、λ/2相位差層時,使用棒狀化合物,作為A板者較宜。此等之相位差層係不僅單層,而且也可組合成為複數之層使用。When used as optical compensation of a liquid crystal display device, the degree of phase difference is appropriately set according to the type of liquid crystal cell and the properties of the liquid crystal compound used in the cell. For example, in the TN mode, it is more suitable to use an O-plate using disc-shaped liquid crystal. In VA mode or IPS mode, it is more suitable to use C-plate (C-plate) or A-plate using rod-shaped liquid crystal compound or disc-shaped liquid crystal compound. In addition, when using a rod-shaped compound for the λ/4 retardation layer and the λ/2 retardation layer of the circularly polarizing plate, it is more suitable to use the A plate. These phase difference layers are not only single layers, but can also be used in combination to form multiple layers.

作為此等之相位差層所用的液晶化合物,於能固定配向狀態之方面,較佳為具有雙鍵等的聚合性基之聚合性液晶化合物。The liquid crystal compound used for these retardation layers is preferably a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group such as a double bond in that it can fix the alignment state.

作為棒狀液晶化合物之例,可舉出日本特開2002-030042號公報、日本特開2004-204190號公報、日本特開2005-263789號公報、日本特開2007-119415號公報、日本特開2007-186430號公報及日本特開平11-513360號公報中記載之具有聚合性基的棒狀液晶化合物。 作為具體的化合物,可舉出: CH2 =CHCOO-(CH2 )m-O-Ph1-COO-Ph2-OCO-Ph1-O-(CH2 )n-OCO-CH=CH2 CH2 =CHCOO-(CH2 )m-O-Ph1-COO-NPh-OCO-Ph1-O-(CH2 )n-OCO-CH=CH2 CH2 =CHCOO-(CH2 )m-O-Ph1-COO-Ph2-OCH3 CH2 =CHCOO-(CH2 )m-O-Ph1-COO-Ph1-Ph1-CH2 CH(CH3 )C2 H5 式中,m、n為2~6之整數, Ph1、Ph2為1,4-苯基(Ph2係2位可為甲基), NPh為2,6-萘基。 此等之棒狀液晶化合物係已由BASF公司製作為LC242等市售,可利用彼等。Examples of rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds include Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-030042, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-204190, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-263789, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-119415, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-119415. A rod-shaped liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group described in Publication No. 2007-186430 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-513360. Specific compounds include: CH 2 =CHCOO-(CH 2 )mO-Ph1-COO-Ph2-OCO-Ph1-O-(CH 2 )n-OCO-CH=CH 2 CH 2 =CHCOO-( CH 2 )mO-Ph1-COO-NPh-OCO-Ph1-O-(CH 2 )n-OCO-CH=CH 2 CH 2 =CHCOO-(CH 2 )mO-Ph1-COO-Ph2-OCH 3 CH 2 =CHCOO-(CH 2 )mO-Ph1-COO-Ph1-Ph1-CH 2 CH(CH 3 )C 2 H 5 In the formula, m and n are integers from 2 to 6, Ph1 and Ph2 are 1,4-benzene group (the 2-position of Ph2 system can be methyl group), NPh is 2,6-naphthyl group. These rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds are commercially available as LC242 produced by BASF, and they can be used.

此等之棒狀液晶化合物係可以任意之比率組合複數種而使用。These rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds can be used in combination with a plurality of them at any ratio.

又,作為圓盤狀液晶化合物,可舉出苯衍生物、三茚并苯衍生物、環己烷衍生物、氮雜冠(aza-crown)系、苯基乙炔系大環等日本特開2001-155866號公報中記載的各式各樣者,此等係可適用。 其中作為圓盤狀化合物,較宜使用下述通式(1)所示之具有聯伸三苯(triphylene)環的化合物。 式中,R1 ~R6 各自獨立地係氫、鹵素、烷基或-O-X所示的基(此處,X係烷基、醯基、烷氧基苄基、環氧基改質烷氧基苄基、丙烯醯氧基改質烷氧基苄基、丙烯醯氧基改質烷基)。R1 ~R6 較佳為下述通式(2)所示的丙烯醯氧基改質烷氧基苄基(此處,m為4~10)。 Examples of discotic liquid crystal compounds include benzene derivatives, triindacene derivatives, cyclohexane derivatives, aza-crown-based macrocycles, phenylacetylene-based macrocycles, etc. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open 2001 - Various types of items described in Public Gazette No. 155866 are applicable. Among them, as the disc-shaped compound, a compound having a triphylene ring represented by the following general formula (1) is preferably used. In the formula, R 1 to R 6 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or a group represented by -OX (here, benzyl, acryloyloxy-modified alkoxybenzyl, acryloyloxy-modified alkyl). R 1 to R 6 are preferably acryloyloxy-modified alkoxybenzyl represented by the following general formula (2) (here, m is 4 to 10).

相位差層係可塗布相位差層用組成物塗料而設置。相位差層用組成物塗料可包含溶劑、聚合起始劑、增感劑、聚合抑制劑、調平劑及聚合性非液晶化合物、交聯劑等。此等係可使用在配向控制層或液晶偏光鏡之部分所說明之物。The retardation layer can be provided by coating the retardation layer composition paint. The composition coating for the retardation layer may include a solvent, polymerization initiator, sensitizer, polymerization inhibitor, leveling agent, polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound, cross-linking agent, etc. These are the things described in the alignment control layer or the liquid crystal polarizer that can be used.

將相位差層用組成物塗料塗布於配向薄膜的脫模面或配向控制層上後,藉由乾燥、加熱、硬化,而設置相位差層。After applying the composition paint for the retardation layer on the release surface of the alignment film or the alignment control layer, the retardation layer is formed by drying, heating and hardening.

此等之條件亦使用在配向控制層或液晶偏光鏡之部分所說明之條件作為較佳的條件。For these conditions, the conditions described in the alignment control layer or the liquid crystal polarizer are also used as preferred conditions.

有時可設置複數個相位差層,但此時可在1個轉印用配向薄膜上設置複數個相位差層,將此轉印至對象物,也可準備複數種的在1個轉印用配向薄膜上設有單一的相位差層者,將此等依序轉印至對象物。Sometimes a plurality of retardation layers may be provided. In this case, a plurality of retardation layers may be provided on one alignment film for transfer and then transferred to the object. Alternatively, a plurality of retardation layers may be prepared on one transfer alignment film. If a single retardation layer is provided on the alignment film, these are sequentially transferred to the object.

又,可將偏光層與相位差層設置在1個轉印用配向薄膜上,將此轉印至對象物。再者,有時在偏光鏡與相位差層之間設置保護層,或在相位差層之上或相位差層之間設置保護層之情況。此等保護層亦可與相位差層或偏光層一起設置在轉印用配向薄膜上,轉印至對象物。Alternatively, the polarizing layer and the retardation layer can be provided on one transfer alignment film, and this can be transferred to the object. Furthermore, a protective layer may be provided between the polarizer and the retardation layer, or a protective layer may be provided on the retardation layer or between the retardation layers. These protective layers can also be provided on the alignment film for transfer together with the retardation layer or the polarizing layer, and can be transferred to the object.

作為保護層,可舉出透明樹脂之塗布層。作為透明樹脂,可為聚乙烯醇、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚醯胺、聚苯乙烯、丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂等,並沒有特別的限定。亦可於此等樹脂中添加交聯劑,成為交聯結構。又,亦可為使如硬塗的丙烯酸等之光硬化性組成物硬化者。另外,可將保護層設於配向薄膜上後,摩擦處理保護層,在其上不設置配向層,設置液晶化合物配向層。Examples of the protective layer include a transparent resin coating layer. The transparent resin may be polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, polyester, polyurethane, polyamide, polystyrene, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, etc., and is not particularly limited. Cross-linking agents can also be added to these resins to form a cross-linked structure. Alternatively, a photocurable composition such as hard-coated acrylic or the like may be hardened. In addition, after the protective layer is placed on the alignment film, the protective layer can be rubbed, and no alignment layer is provided on it, but a liquid crystal compound alignment layer is provided.

(液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法) 接著,說明本發明之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法。 本發明之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法包含:貼合偏光板與本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之液晶化合物配向層面而形成中間積層體之步驟,及從中間積層體剝離配向薄膜之步驟。 以下,說明將液晶化合物配向層用於圓偏光板的液晶化合物配向層之情況作為例子。於圓偏光板之情況,作為相位差層(於轉印用積層體中,稱為液晶化合物配向層),使用λ/4層。λ/4層之正面遲滯(retardation)較佳為100~180nm,更佳為120~150nm。僅用λ/4層作為圓偏光板時,λ/4層之配向軸(慢軸)與偏光鏡的穿透軸較佳為35~55度,更佳為40度~50度,進一步較佳為42~48度。與聚乙烯醇的延伸薄膜之偏光鏡組合使用時,由於偏光鏡的吸收軸一般成為長條偏光鏡薄膜的長度方向,故在長條的轉印用配向薄膜上設置λ/4層時,較佳為相對於長條的轉印用配向薄膜之長度方向,以成為上述範圍之方式使液晶化合物配向。還有,偏光鏡的穿透軸之角度與上述不同時,加上偏光鏡的穿透軸之角度,使成為如上述關係的液晶化合物配向。(Method for manufacturing liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate) Next, the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate of the present invention is explained. The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate of the present invention includes the steps of bonding the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer laminate of the present invention to form an intermediate laminated body, and forming an intermediate laminated body from the intermediate laminated body. Steps to peel off the alignment film. Hereinafter, a case where the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is used as the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of a circularly polarizing plate will be described as an example. In the case of a circularly polarizing plate, a λ/4 layer is used as the retardation layer (called a liquid crystal compound alignment layer in the transfer laminate). The front-side retardation of the λ/4 layer is preferably 100-180 nm, more preferably 120-150 nm. When using only the λ/4 layer as a circular polarizing plate, the alignment axis (slow axis) of the λ/4 layer and the transmission axis of the polarizer are preferably 35 to 55 degrees, more preferably 40 to 50 degrees, and even more preferably It is 42~48 degrees. When used in combination with a polarizer of a stretched film of polyvinyl alcohol, since the absorption axis of the polarizer generally becomes the length direction of the long polarizer film, when a λ/4 layer is provided on a long alignment film for transfer, it is relatively It is preferable to align the liquid crystal compound so as to fall within the above range with respect to the longitudinal direction of the long alignment film for transfer. Furthermore, when the angle of the transmission axis of the polarizer is different from the above, the angle of the transmission axis of the polarizer is added to achieve the liquid crystal compound alignment with the above relationship.

藉由將積層有λ/4層與配向薄膜的轉印用積層體中之λ/4層轉印至偏光板,作成圓偏光板。具體而言,貼合偏光板與轉印用積層體之λ/4層面,形成中間積層體,從此中間積層體剝離配向薄膜。偏光板亦可在偏光鏡之兩面設置保護膜,但較佳為僅在單面設置保護膜。若為僅在單面設置保護膜之偏光板,則較佳為在保護膜之相反面(偏光鏡面)上貼合相位差層。若在兩面設置保護膜,則相位差層較佳為貼合於設想影像單元側之面。所謂的設想影像單元側之面,就是不進行低反射層、抗反射層、防眩層等一般在視覺辨認側所設置的表面加工之面。貼合相位差層之側的保護膜較佳為TAC、丙烯酸、COP等之無相位差的保護膜。A circularly polarizing plate is produced by transferring the λ/4 layer in the transfer laminate in which the λ/4 layer and the alignment film are laminated to a polarizing plate. Specifically, the polarizing plate and the λ/4 layer of the transfer laminate are bonded together to form an intermediate laminate, and the alignment film is peeled off from the intermediate laminate. The polarizing plate can also be provided with protective films on both sides of the polarizer, but it is preferably provided with a protective film on only one side. If it is a polarizing plate with a protective film only on one side, it is preferable to laminate a retardation layer on the opposite side (polarizing mirror surface) of the protective film. If protective films are provided on both sides, the retardation layer is preferably attached to the surface on the side of the imaginary image unit. The so-called side of the image unit is a side that does not undergo surface processing such as a low-reflection layer, an anti-reflection layer, and an anti-glare layer that are generally provided on the visual recognition side. The protective film attached to the side of the retardation layer is preferably a non-retardation protective film such as TAC, acrylic, COP, etc.

作為偏光鏡,可舉出單獨延伸PVA系薄膜而作成的偏光鏡,或在聚酯或聚丙烯等未延伸基材上塗布PVA,將連基材一起延伸而作成的偏光鏡轉印至偏光鏡保護膜者,或將包含液晶化合物與二色性色素的偏光鏡塗布於或轉印至偏光鏡保護膜者等,皆可較宜使用。Examples of polarizers include those made by stretching a PVA-based film alone, or those made by coating PVA on an unstretched base material such as polyester or polypropylene and stretching the base material together. A protective film, or a polarizer containing a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye is coated on or transferred to a polarizer protective film, which can be preferably used.

作為貼附之方法,可使用接著劑、黏著劑等習知者。作為接著劑,較宜使用聚乙烯醇系接著劑、丙烯酸或環氧樹脂等之紫外線硬化型接著劑、環氧樹脂或異氰酸酯(胺基甲酸酯)等之熱硬化型接著劑。黏著劑可舉出丙烯酸或胺基甲酸酯系、橡膠系等之黏著劑。又,亦較佳為使用無丙烯酸基材的光學用透明黏著劑片。As a method of attaching, conventionally known methods such as adhesives and adhesives can be used. As the adhesive, it is preferable to use a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, an ultraviolet curing adhesive such as acrylic or epoxy resin, or a thermosetting adhesive such as epoxy resin or isocyanate (urethane). Examples of the adhesive include acrylic, urethane, and rubber adhesives. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use an optically transparent adhesive sheet without an acrylic base material.

使用轉印型者作為偏光鏡時,可將偏光鏡轉印至轉印用積層體的相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)上,然後將偏光鏡與相位差層轉印至對象物(偏光鏡保護膜)。When using a transfer type as a polarizer, the polarizer can be transferred to the retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) of the transfer laminate, and then the polarizer and the retardation layer can be transferred to the target object (polarizer protective film).

作為與設置相位差層之側相反側的偏光鏡保護膜,可使用TAC、丙烯酸、COP、聚碳酸酯、聚酯等一般已知者。其中較佳為TAC、丙烯酸、COP、聚酯。聚酯較佳為聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯。於聚酯之情況,較佳為面內遲滯100nm以下,尤其50nm以下的零遲滯薄膜,或3000nm~30000nm的高遲滯薄膜。As the polarizer protective film on the side opposite to the side where the retardation layer is provided, generally known ones such as TAC, acrylic, COP, polycarbonate, and polyester can be used. Among them, TAC, acrylic, COP, and polyester are preferred. The polyester is preferably polyethylene terephthalate. In the case of polyester, a zero-retardation film with an in-plane retardation of 100nm or less, especially 50nm or less, or a high-retardation film of 3000nm to 30000nm is preferred.

使用高遲滯薄膜時,以防止戴上偏光太陽眼鏡觀看影像時的轉暗(black out)或著色為目的,偏光鏡的穿透軸與高遲滯薄膜的慢軸之角度較佳為30~60度之範圍,更佳為35~55度之範圍。為了減低用肉眼從角度淺的斜方向來觀察時的虹斑等,偏光鏡的穿透軸與高遲滯薄膜的慢軸之角度較佳設為10度以下,更佳設為7度以下,或較佳設為80~100度,更佳設為83~97度。When using a high retardation film, in order to prevent black out or coloration when viewing images with polarized sunglasses, the angle between the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the high retardation film is preferably 30 to 60 degrees. The range is preferably within the range of 35 to 55 degrees. In order to reduce iridescence when observed with the naked eye from a shallow oblique direction, the angle between the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the high retardation film is preferably 10 degrees or less, more preferably 7 degrees or less, or It is preferably 80 to 100 degrees, and more preferably 83 to 97 degrees.

於相反側的偏光鏡保護膜上,亦可設置防眩層、抗反射層、低反射層、硬塗層等。On the polarizer protective film on the opposite side, an anti-glare layer, an anti-reflective layer, a low-reflective layer, a hard coating layer, etc. can also be provided.

(複合相位差層) 以λ/4層單獨時,在可見光區域的寬廣範圍中有時不成為λ/4而發生著色之情況。因此,有組合λ/4層與λ/2層使用之情況。λ/2層之正面遲滯較佳為200~360nm,更佳為240~300nm。(composite phase difference layer) When the λ/4 layer is used alone, coloration may occur instead of λ/4 in a wide range of the visible light region. Therefore, there are cases where the λ/4 layer and the λ/2 layer are used in combination. The front retardation of the λ/2 layer is preferably 200 to 360 nm, more preferably 240 to 300 nm.

此時,較佳為合併λ/4層與λ/2層,配置成為如λ/4之角度。具體而言,λ/2層的配向軸(慢軸)與偏光鏡的穿透軸之角度(θ)較佳為5~20度,更佳為7度~17度。λ/2層的配向軸(慢軸)與λ/4的配向軸(慢軸)之角度較佳為2θ+45度±10度之範圍,更佳為2θ+45度±5度之範圍,進一步較佳為2θ+45度±3度之範圍。At this time, it is preferable to combine the λ/4 layer and the λ/2 layer and arrange them at an angle of λ/4. Specifically, the angle (θ) between the alignment axis (slow axis) of the λ/2 layer and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably 5 to 20 degrees, more preferably 7 to 17 degrees. The angle between the alignment axis (slow axis) of the λ/2 layer and the alignment axis (slow axis) of λ/4 is preferably in the range of 2θ+45 degrees ±10 degrees, and more preferably in the range of 2θ+45 degrees ±5 degrees. More preferably, it is within the range of 2θ+45 degrees ±3 degrees.

此時,亦於與聚乙烯醇的延伸薄膜之偏光鏡組合使用之情況中,由於一般而言偏光鏡的吸收軸成為長條偏光鏡薄膜的長度方向,當將λ/2層或λ/4層設置於長條的轉印用配向薄膜時,較佳為相對於長條的轉印用配向薄膜之長度方向或長度的垂直方向,以成為上述範圍之方式使液晶化合物配向。再者,偏光鏡的穿透軸之角度與上述不同時,加上偏光鏡的穿透軸之角度,使成為如上述關係的液晶化合物配向。At this time, also when used in combination with a polarizer of a stretched film of polyvinyl alcohol, since the absorption axis of the polarizer generally becomes the length direction of the long polarizer film, when adding a λ/2 layer or a λ/4 layer When the layer is provided on a long alignment film for transfer, it is preferable to align the liquid crystal compound so as to fall within the above range with respect to the longitudinal direction or the perpendicular direction of the length of the long alignment film for transfer. Furthermore, when the angle of the transmission axis of the polarizer is different from the above, the angle of the transmission axis of the polarizer is added to achieve the liquid crystal compound alignment with the above relationship.

作為此等方法或相位差層之例,可參考日本特開2008-149577號公報、日本特開2002-303722號公報、WO2006/100830號公報、日本特開2015-64418號公報等。As examples of such methods or retardation layers, refer to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-149577, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-303722, WO2006/100830, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-64418, and the like.

再者,為了減低從斜向觀看時的著色變化等,亦較佳的形態為在λ/4層之上設置C板層。C板層係配合λ/4層或λ/2層之特性,使用正或負的C板層。Furthermore, in order to reduce color changes when viewed from an oblique direction, it is also preferable to provide a C plate layer on the λ/4 layer. The C plate layer is used to match the characteristics of the λ/4 layer or λ/2 layer, using positive or negative C plate layers.

作為此等之積層方法,例如若為λ/4層與λ/2層之組合,則可採用以下等各式各樣之方法。 ・於偏光鏡上藉由轉印而設置λ/2層,更於其上藉由轉印而設置λ/4層。 ・於轉印用配向薄膜上依順序設置λ/4層與λ/2層,將其轉印至偏光鏡上。 ・於轉印用配向薄膜上依順序設λ/4層與λ/2層與偏光層,將其轉印至對象物。 ・於轉印用配向薄膜上依順序設λ/2層與偏光層,將其轉印至對象物,更於其上轉印λ/4層。As a lamination method, for example, if it is a combination of a λ/4 layer and a λ/2 layer, the following various methods can be used. ・A λ/2 layer is placed on the polarizer by transfer, and a λ/4 layer is placed on it by transfer. ・Set the λ/4 layer and λ/2 layer in sequence on the transfer alignment film, and transfer them to the polarizer. ・Set the λ/4 layer, λ/2 layer and polarizing layer in order on the alignment film for transfer, and transfer them to the object. ・Set a λ/2 layer and a polarizing layer on the transfer alignment film in order, transfer them to the object, and transfer the λ/4 layer on top.

又,積層C板時,亦可採用於偏光鏡上所設置的λ/4層之上轉印C板層之方法,或於配向薄膜上設置C板層,更於其上設置λ/4層或λ/2層與λ/4層,將其轉印之方法等各式各樣的方法。In addition, when laminating the C plate, you can also use the method of transferring the C plate layer on the λ/4 layer set on the polarizer, or set the C plate layer on the alignment film, and further set the λ/4 layer on it. There are various methods such as λ/2 layer and λ/4 layer, how to transfer them.

如此所得之圓偏光板的厚度較佳為120μm以下,更佳為100μm以下,進一步較佳為90μm以下,特佳為80μm以下,最佳為70μm以下。The thickness of the circularly polarizing plate thus obtained is preferably 120 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, further preferably 90 μm or less, particularly preferably 80 μm or less, most preferably 70 μm or less.

(液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法) 接著,說明本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法。 本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法包含:將具有平行於配向薄膜的配向方向、或平行於與配向方向正交的方向、或平行於配向薄膜的流動方向、或平行於與流動方向正交的方向之電場振動方向的直線偏光,從積層體的配向薄膜面來照射,在液晶化合物配向層面側受光之步驟,及檢查所受光的光之有無消光狀態之步驟。如此地,於本發明中,液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體係即使液晶化合物配向層為相位差層,也可在積層於轉印用配向薄膜之狀態下,檢查其光學特性。(Inspection method of laminate for liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer) Next, a method for inspecting the laminate for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the present invention will be described. The inspection method of the laminate for transferring the alignment layer of the liquid crystal compound of the present invention includes: inspecting the laminate having an alignment direction parallel to the alignment film, or parallel to a direction orthogonal to the alignment direction, or parallel to the flow direction of the alignment film, or parallel to The steps of irradiating linearly polarized light in the direction of electric field vibration in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction from the alignment film surface of the laminate, receiving the light on the alignment layer side of the liquid crystal compound, and checking whether the received light has a matting state. In this manner, in the lamination system for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer in the present invention, even if the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is a retardation layer, its optical properties can be inspected in a state of being laminated on the alignment film for transfer.

為了檢查相位差層的光學狀態,對於轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向,照射平行或垂直的直線偏光,以設置於積層體之相反面的受光器檢測其偏光狀態之變化。對於轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向呈平行者較佳為-10~+10度,更佳為-7~7度,進一步較佳為-5~5度,特佳為-3~3度,最佳為-2~2度。對於轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向呈垂直者較佳為80~100度,更佳為83~97度,進一步較佳為85~95度,特佳為87~93度,最佳為88~92度。若超過上述範圍,則照射至相位差層的偏光或通過的偏光係受到基材的相位差之影響而紊亂,有無法正確地評價之情況。In order to check the optical state of the retardation layer, linearly polarized light parallel or perpendicular to the alignment direction of the transfer alignment film is irradiated, and changes in the polarization state are detected with a photoreceptor installed on the opposite surface of the laminate. When the alignment direction of the alignment film for transfer is parallel, -10 to +10 degrees is preferred, -7 to 7 degrees is more preferred, -5 to 5 degrees is further preferred, and -3 to 3 degrees is particularly preferred. The optimal temperature is -2 to 2 degrees. The alignment direction of the alignment film for transfer is preferably 80 to 100 degrees, more preferably 83 to 97 degrees, further preferably 85 to 95 degrees, particularly preferably 87 to 93 degrees, and most preferably 88 to 88 degrees. 92 degrees. If it exceeds the above range, the polarized light irradiated to the retardation layer or the polarized light passed through is affected by the retardation of the base material and is disturbed, and accurate evaluation may not be possible.

還有,亦可配合轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向,調整每次照射的直線偏光之角度,但檢査變繁雜。因此,所照射的直線偏光亦較佳為對於轉印用配向薄膜的流動方向呈平行或垂直地固定而檢査。此處,平行或垂直之範圍係與上述相同。In addition, the angle of linear polarization for each irradiation can also be adjusted according to the alignment direction of the alignment film for transfer, but the inspection becomes complicated. Therefore, it is also preferable to inspect the irradiated linearly polarized light so that it is parallel or perpendicular to the flow direction of the transfer alignment film. Here, the range of parallel or perpendicular is the same as above.

於受光器與液晶化合物配向層(相位差層)轉印用積層體(檢査對象薄膜)之間,較佳為設置偏光濾片。又,於液晶化合物配向層(相位差層)轉印用積層體與偏光濾片之間,較佳為設置相位差板,當將藉由液晶化合物配向層(相位差層)轉印用積層體之相位差層而成為橢圓偏光的光係符合設計的橢圓偏光時,該相位差板係用於將該橢圓偏光轉換成直線偏光。例如,藉由成為如此的構成,當相位差層為符合設計時,可知在受光器所檢測的光係消光狀態,但當有漏光時,可知相位差層係偏離設計。亦可設置複數種之設置的偏光濾片的角度或相位差板的角度・相位差為少許不同的受光器,檢測得知相位差層的相位差或配向方向係在哪個方向偏離多少。It is preferable to provide a polarizing filter between the photoreceptor and the laminate for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer (retardation layer) (film to be inspected). In addition, it is preferable to provide a phase difference plate between the laminate for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer (phase difference layer) and the polarizing filter. When the laminate for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer (phase difference layer) is When the light that becomes elliptical polarization due to the phase difference layer conforms to the designed elliptical polarization, the phase difference plate is used to convert the elliptical polarization into linear polarization. For example, with such a configuration, when the retardation layer conforms to the design, it can be known that the light detected by the photoreceiver is in an extinction state, but when there is light leakage, it can be known that the retardation layer deviates from the design. It is also possible to set up multiple photoreceptors with slightly different angles of polarizing filters or retardation plates, and detect how much or in which direction the phase difference or alignment direction of the retardation layer deviates.

(偏光層之檢査) 於液晶化合物配向層為偏光層時,藉由照射自然光(非偏光光線),將穿透的光透過偏光濾片而受光,可檢查偏光層。又,可藉由將透過偏光濾片成為直線偏光的光照射至轉印用積層體,接受穿透光的光而檢査。於此等之情況,當設於轉印用配向薄膜之偏光層不符合設計時,偏光濾片係設定在消光之角度。(Inspection of polarizing layer) When the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is a polarizing layer, the polarizing layer can be inspected by irradiating natural light (non-polarized light) and passing the transmitted light through a polarizing filter to receive light. In addition, inspection can be performed by irradiating the transfer laminate with light that passes through the polarizing filter and becomes linearly polarized light, and receives the transmitted light. In such cases, when the polarizing layer provided on the alignment film for transfer does not meet the design, the polarizing filter is set at an extinction angle.

再者,亦可設置複數種的偏光濾片的角度少許不同的受光器,檢測得知配向方向係在哪個方向偏離多少。Furthermore, a plurality of photoreceptors with slightly different angles of polarizing filters can also be installed to detect in which direction the alignment direction deviates and how much it deviates.

又,於此等之情況,照射前述的自然光時,較佳為從轉印用配向薄膜面側來照射,照射後者的直線偏光時,較佳為從偏光層面來照射。 [實施例]Furthermore, in such cases, when irradiating the aforementioned natural light, it is preferable to irradiate from the surface side of the alignment film for transfer, and when irradiating the latter linearly polarized light, it is preferable to irradiate from the polarizing layer. [Example]

以下,參照實施例,更具體地說明本發明,惟本發明不限定於下述實施例,在能適合本發明的宗旨之範圍內,亦可加以適宜變更而實施,彼等皆包含於本發明之技術範圍中。還有,實施例中的物性之評價方法係如以下。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the Examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following Examples. Appropriate changes can also be made within the scope that is suitable for the purpose of the present invention. They are all included in the present invention. within the technical scope. In addition, the evaluation method of the physical properties in the Examples is as follows.

(1)轉印用配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之角度、及薄膜的寬度方向之配向角的角度差 首先,將薄膜從捲筒拉出,在兩端部(從各端部起在內側5cm的地點)、中央部及在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部之5處,決定配向方向。在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部係在將中央部與兩端部之間隔予以2等分之位置。還有,配向方向係當作使用分子配向計(王子計測器股份有限公司製,MOA-6004型分子配向計)所求出的薄膜之慢軸方向。接著,調查薄膜全體之配向方向是接近流動方向(MD),還是接近寬度方向(TD)。然後,當薄膜全體之配向方向接近流動方向時,在各自上述5處,求出配向方向與薄膜的流動方向之間的角度,採用在最大角度之地方的值作為「配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向之間的角度」之最大值。另一方面,當薄膜全體之配向方向接近寬度方向時,在各自上述5處,求出配向方向與薄膜的流動方向正交之方向之間的角度,採用在最大的角度之地方的值作為「配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向正交之方向之間的角度」之最大值。 又,於上述5處所求出的角度之中,將最大值與最小值之間之差當作「薄膜在寬度方向之配向角的角度差」。 還有,角度係相對於長度方向或寬度方向,將在與前述最大值相同側具有配向方向時當作正值,相對於長度方向或寬度方向,將在相反側具有配向方向時當作負值,區別正・負,而評價最小值。(1) The angle difference between the alignment direction of the transfer alignment film and the flow direction of the alignment film or the direction orthogonal to the flow direction, and the alignment angle in the width direction of the film First, the film is pulled out from the roll, and the alignment direction is determined at five locations at the two ends (positions 5 cm inside from each end), the center, and the middle portion between the center and both ends. The intermediate portion between the central portion and both end portions is located at a position that bisects the distance between the central portion and both end portions. In addition, the alignment direction is regarded as the slow axis direction of the film determined using a molecular alignment meter (MOA-6004 molecular alignment meter manufactured by Oji Instruments Co., Ltd.). Next, it was investigated whether the alignment direction of the entire film was close to the flow direction (MD) or close to the width direction (TD). Then, when the alignment direction of the entire film is close to the flow direction, the angle between the alignment direction and the flow direction of the film is found at each of the above five places, and the value at the maximum angle is used as the "alignment direction and alignment of the alignment film" The maximum angle between the flow directions of the film. On the other hand, when the alignment direction of the entire film is close to the width direction, find the angle between the alignment direction and the direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the film at each of the above five places, and use the value at the maximum angle as " The maximum value of the angle between the alignment direction of the alignment film and the direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the alignment film. Moreover, among the angles calculated in the above five points, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is regarded as "the angle difference in the alignment angle of the film in the width direction." In addition, the angle is regarded as a positive value when the alignment direction is on the same side as the maximum value with respect to the length direction or the width direction, and as a negative value when the alignment direction is on the opposite side with respect to the length direction or width direction. , distinguish positive and negative, and evaluate the minimum value.

(2)轉印用配向薄膜之折射率 以上述(1)所求出的慢軸方向與長邊成為平行之方式,切出4cm×2cm的長方形,當作測定用樣品。對於此樣品,藉由阿貝折射率計(ATAGO公司製,NAR-4T,測定波長589nm)求出正交的雙軸之折射率(慢軸方向之折射率:nx,快軸方向(與慢軸方向正交的方向)之折射率:ny)及厚度方向之折射率(nz)。(2)Refractive index of alignment film for transfer Cut out a 4cm×2cm rectangle so that the slow axis direction determined in (1) above becomes parallel to the long side, and use it as a sample for measurement. For this sample, the refractive index of the two orthogonal axes (refractive index in the slow axis direction: nx, the refractive index in the fast axis direction (nx) and the slow axis direction) was determined using an Abbe refractometer (NAR-4T, manufactured by ATAGO Co., Ltd., measuring wavelength 589 nm). The refractive index in the direction orthogonal to the axis: ny) and the refractive index in the thickness direction (nz).

(3)轉印用配向薄膜之相對於MD方向、TD方向、MD方向而言45度的方向,或相對於MD方向而言135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率 依照JIS C 2318-1997 5.3.4(尺寸變化)進行測定。具體而言,在應測定的方向(相對於MD方向、TD方向、MD方向而言45度的方向、相對於MD方向而言135度的方向)中,從薄膜切出寬度10mm、長度250mm,將此樣品以200mm間隔附上兩個記號,於5gf之一定張力下,測定兩個記號之間的間隔(A)。接著,將薄膜置入150℃的環境中之烘箱,於無荷重下在150±3℃加熱處理30分鐘後,於5gf之一定張力下,測定兩個記號之間的間隔(B)。藉由以下之式求出熱收縮率。 熱收縮率(%)=(A-B)/A×100(3) The thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film for transfer at 150°C for 30 minutes in a direction of 45 degrees relative to the MD direction, TD direction, or MD direction, or a direction of 135 degrees relative to the MD direction. Measurement is performed in accordance with JIS C 2318-1997 5.3.4 (dimensional change). Specifically, in the direction to be measured (the direction of 45 degrees with respect to the MD direction, the TD direction, the MD direction, and the direction of 135 degrees with respect to the MD direction), a width of 10 mm and a length of 250 mm are cut out from the film. Attach two marks to this sample at intervals of 200mm, and measure the distance (A) between the two marks under a certain tension of 5gf. Next, place the film into an oven in an environment of 150°C, and heat it at 150±3°C for 30 minutes without load. Then, measure the distance between the two marks (B) under a certain tension of 5gf. The thermal shrinkage rate is calculated by the following formula. Thermal shrinkage rate (%)=(A-B)/A×100

(4)95℃最大熱收縮率 將從切割捲筒(slit roll)的各切出部所切出的轉印用配向薄膜,切出成每邊21cm的正方形狀,在23℃、65%RH之環境下放置2小時以上。描繪以此薄膜的中央為中心的直徑80mm之圓,使用二次元影像測定機(MITUTOYO製QUICK IMAGE),將薄膜的流動方向當作0度,以1度間隔測定直徑。此處,將薄膜流動方向當作0度,在薄膜上面將順時針(右旋)設定為正的角度,將反時針(左旋)設定為負的角度。為了測定直徑,以-90度~89度之範圍測定,對於全部方向測定。接著,將此薄膜在95℃的熱水中加熱處理30分鐘後,在23℃、65%RH之環境中放置2小時以上。然後,與上述同樣地以1度間隔測定圓的直徑。將熱處理前之直徑當作Lo,將熱處理後的同方向之直徑當作L,依下述式,求出各方向的熱收縮率,將全部方向的熱收縮率之中最大的值當作最大熱收縮率。又,求出具有最大熱收縮率的方向與MD或TD之角度(值變小者)。 熱收縮率(%)=((L0 -L)/L0 )×100(4) Maximum thermal shrinkage rate at 95℃ Cut the alignment film for transfer cut out from each cutout part of the slit roll into a square shape of 21cm on each side, and store it at 23℃ and 65%RH. Leave it in the environment for more than 2 hours. A circle with a diameter of 80 mm centered on the center of the film was drawn, and the diameter was measured at intervals of 1 degree using a two-dimensional image measuring machine (QUICK IMAGE manufactured by MITUTOYO), assuming that the flow direction of the film was 0 degrees. Here, the film flow direction is regarded as 0 degrees, clockwise (right-hand rotation) is set as a positive angle on the film surface, and counterclockwise (left-hand rotation) is set as a negative angle. To measure the diameter, measure in the range of -90 degrees to 89 degrees, and measure in all directions. Next, the film was heated in hot water at 95°C for 30 minutes, and then left in an environment of 23°C and 65% RH for more than 2 hours. Then, the diameter of the circle is measured at intervals of 1 degree in the same manner as above. Let the diameter before heat treatment be Lo and the diameter in the same direction after heat treatment be L. According to the following formula, calculate the thermal shrinkage rate in each direction. The largest value among the thermal shrinkage rates in all directions is regarded as the maximum. Thermal shrinkage. Also, find the angle between the direction having the maximum thermal shrinkage and MD or TD (whichever value becomes smaller). Thermal shrinkage rate (%)=((L 0 -L)/L 0 )×100

(5)彈性模數:依照JIS C-2318進行測定。樣品係從由中央部切割所得之切割捲筒的寬度方向之中央切出。(5) Elastic modulus: measured in accordance with JIS C-2318. The sample is cut out from the center of the width direction of the cutting roll obtained by cutting the center portion.

(6)在波長380nm的光線穿透率 使用分光光度計(日立製作所製,U-3500型),將空氣層當作標準,測定轉印用配向薄膜之波長300~500nm區域的光線穿透率,求出在波長380nm的光線穿透率。(6)Light transmittance at wavelength 380nm Using a spectrophotometer (U-3500 model manufactured by Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), using the air layer as a standard, measure the light transmittance of the alignment film for transfer in the wavelength range of 300 to 500 nm, and obtain the light transmittance of the wavelength of 380 nm. .

(7)固有黏度 將0.2g的樹脂試料溶解於苯酚/1,1,2,2-四氯乙烷(60/40(重量比))的混合溶劑50ml中,在30℃使用奧士華黏度計進行測定。還有,表面層A之試料係製作以A層單獨所擠出的薄膜樣品,將其當作試料。(7)Intrinsic viscosity 0.2 g of the resin sample was dissolved in 50 ml of a mixed solvent of phenol/1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane (60/40 (weight ratio)), and measured at 30° C. using an Oswald viscometer. In addition, for the sample of the surface layer A, a film sample extruded from the A layer alone was prepared and used as a sample.

(8)漏光 於以使用黃色螢光體的白色LED作為光源的面發光光源之上,放置下側偏光板,於其上放置在轉印用配向薄膜上設有相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)之樣品積層體,使得偏光板的消光軸方向(吸收軸方向)與樣品積層體的長邊方向成為平行。更於其上,放置由環狀聚烯烴的延伸薄膜所成之λ/4薄膜,使得配向主軸與下側偏光板的消光軸成為45度的方向,於其上放置上側偏光板,使得上側偏光板的消光軸與下側偏光板的消光軸成為平行。於此狀態下觀察消光狀態。具體而言,於樣品積層體之中,用以下之基準評價最明亮的部分之消光狀態。還有,去除樣品積層體與λ/4薄膜,將下側偏光板與上側偏光板成為正交尼科耳之狀態的消光狀態當作消光狀態。 ◎:沒有明亮感處,全體為消光狀態。 ○:看到比消光狀態更稍微的穿透光。 △:看到穿透光,但能評價相位差狀態。 ×:穿透光多,難以評價相位差狀態。(8)Light leakage A lower polarizing plate is placed on a surface emitting light source using a white LED using a yellow phosphor as a light source, and a sample laminate having a retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) on an alignment film for transfer is placed on top of it. body so that the extinction axis direction (absorption axis direction) of the polarizing plate becomes parallel to the long side direction of the sample laminate. On top of it, place a λ/4 film made of a stretched film of cyclic polyolefin so that the alignment main axis and the extinction axis of the lower polarizing plate are in a 45-degree direction. Place the upper polarizing plate on top of it to polarize the upper side. The extinction axis of the plate is parallel to the extinction axis of the lower polarizing plate. Observe the extinction state in this state. Specifically, among the sample laminates, the matting state of the brightest part was evaluated according to the following criteria. In addition, the sample laminate and the λ/4 film were removed, and the extinction state in which the lower polarizing plate and the upper polarizing plate became a crossed Nicol state was regarded as the extinction state. ◎: There is no bright spot, and the entire area is matted. ○: Slightly more penetrating light than in the extinction state is seen. △: Transmitted light is seen, but the phase difference state can be evaluated. ×: There is a lot of transmitted light, making it difficult to evaluate the phase difference state.

(9)亮度均勻性 於與上述(8)相同之狀態下,用以下之基準評價樣品積層體內的消光狀態之均勻性。還有,去除樣品積層體與λ/4薄膜,將下側偏光板與上側偏光板成為正交尼科耳之狀態的消光狀態當作消光狀態。 ◎:在樣品積層體全域中大致相同的亮度。 ○:亮度些微不同。 △:亮度差異小。 ×:亮度差異大。(9)Brightness uniformity Under the same conditions as in (8) above, the uniformity of the extinction state within the sample laminate was evaluated using the following criteria. In addition, the sample laminate and the λ/4 film were removed, and the extinction state in which the lower polarizing plate and the upper polarizing plate became a crossed Nicol state was regarded as the extinction state. ◎: Approximately the same brightness in the entire sample laminate. ○: The brightness is slightly different. △: The brightness difference is small. ×: The brightness difference is large.

(10)相位差層之加熱配向方向偏離 將樣品積層體在烘箱中於120℃加熱處理20分鐘,於經冷卻至室溫的樣品積層體之相位差層面側,貼合市售的光學用黏著片,更將黏著片貼附於玻璃板後,剝離配向薄膜,而在玻璃板上轉印相位差層。於玻璃板上積層有相位差層之狀態下,在配置成正交尼科耳的偏光板之間,配置玻璃板/相位差層積層體,求出消光的方向。求出消光的方向與配向薄膜的長邊方向之角度差,將此角度差與45度之差當作加熱配向方向偏離,算出進行5次的值之平均值,用以下之基準進行評價。 ◎:1度以內。 ○:超過1度且為2度以下。 △:超過2度且為3度以下。 ×:超過3度。(10) The heating alignment direction of the retardation layer deviates Heat the sample laminate in an oven at 120°C for 20 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, a commercially available optical adhesive sheet is attached to the phase difference layer side of the sample laminate, and the adhesive sheet is attached to the glass plate. Finally, the alignment film is peeled off, and the retardation layer is transferred to the glass plate. In a state where a retardation layer is laminated on a glass plate, a glass plate/retardation layer laminate is placed between polarizing plates arranged in crossed Nicols, and the direction of extinction is determined. The angle difference between the matting direction and the longitudinal direction of the alignment film was calculated. The difference between this angle difference and 45 degrees was regarded as the heating alignment direction deviation. The average value of the values obtained five times was calculated and evaluated based on the following criteria. ◎: Within 1 degree. ○: More than 1 degree and less than 2 degrees. △: More than 2 degrees and less than 3 degrees. ×: More than 3 degrees.

(11)酯環狀三聚物之含量 以切割刀削取構成聚酯薄膜的脫模面側層之聚酯樹脂,細細地冷凍粉碎。將0.1g的此經粉碎的樹脂溶解於六氟異丙醇(HFIP)/氯仿(2/3(容量比))之混合溶劑3ml中。於所得之溶液中加入20ml的氯仿,均勻地混合。於所得之混合液中加入10ml的甲醇,使線狀聚酯再沈澱。接著,過濾此混合液,以氯仿/甲醇(2/1(容量比))的混合溶劑30ml洗淨沈澱物,進一步過濾。以旋轉式蒸發器濃縮乾固所得之濾液。於濃縮乾固物中加入10ml的二甲基甲醯胺,成為酯環狀三聚物測定溶液,藉由液體層析法求出酯環狀三聚物之含量。 (測定條件) 裝置:L-7000(日立製作所製) 管柱:μ-Bondasphere C18 5μ 100埃 3.9mm×15cm (Waters製) 溶劑:洗提液A:2%乙酸/水(v/v) 洗提液B:乙腈 梯度B%:10→100%(0→55分鐘) 流速:0.8ml/分鐘 溫度:30℃ 檢測器:UV-258nm(11) Content of ester cyclic terpolymer The polyester resin constituting the release surface side layer of the polyester film is cut off with a cutting knife, and then frozen and pulverized finely. 0.1 g of this crushed resin was dissolved in 3 ml of a mixed solvent of hexafluoroisopropyl alcohol (HFIP)/chloroform (2/3 (volume ratio)). Add 20 ml of chloroform to the resulting solution and mix evenly. 10 ml of methanol was added to the resulting mixed solution to reprecipitate the linear polyester. Next, the mixture was filtered, and the precipitate was washed with 30 ml of a mixed solvent of chloroform/methanol (2/1 (volume ratio)), and further filtered. The filtrate obtained was concentrated to dryness using a rotary evaporator. 10 ml of dimethylformamide was added to the concentrated dry solid to form an ester cyclic trimer measurement solution, and the content of the ester cyclic trimer was determined by liquid chromatography. (Measurement conditions) Device: L-7000 (manufactured by Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) Column: μ-Bondasphere C18 5μ 100 angstrom 3.9mm×15cm (manufactured by Waters) Solvent: Eluent A: 2% acetic acid/water (v/v) Eluent B: acetonitrile Gradient B%: 10→100% (0→55 minutes) Flow rate: 0.8ml/minute Temperature: 30℃ Detector: UV-258nm

(12)薄膜的脫模面之表面的酯環狀三聚物之析出量 將聚酯薄膜切割成15cm×15cm,於烘箱中以150℃加熱90分鐘。然後,以脫模面成為上,將熱處理後的薄膜放置在15cm×15cm的不銹鋼板上,於其上載置在中央部開出10cm×10cm的孔之15cm×15cm的聚矽氧片(厚度5mm),更重疊與聚矽氧片相同形狀(厚度2mm)的不銹鋼板,以夾具固定住周邊部。接著,於中央的孔之中置入4ml的DMF(二甲基甲醯胺),放置3分鐘後,回收DMF。藉由液體層析法求出所回收的DMF中之酯環狀三聚物之量。將此值除以與DMF接觸的薄膜面積,當作薄膜的脫模面之表面的酯環狀三聚物之析出量(mg/m2 )。 (測定條件) 裝置:ACQUITY UPLC(Waters製) 管柱:BEH-C18 2.1×150mm(Waters製) 移動相:洗提液A:0.1%甲酸(v/v) 洗提液B:乙腈 梯度B%:10→98→98%(0→25→30分鐘) 流速:0.2ml/分鐘 管柱溫度:40℃ 檢測器:UV-258nm(12) Precipitation amount of ester cyclic terpolymer on the surface of the release surface of the film. Cut the polyester film into 15 cm × 15 cm, and heat it in an oven at 150° C. for 90 minutes. Then, place the heat-treated film on a 15cm×15cm stainless steel plate with the release surface as the top, and place a 15cm×15cm polysiloxane sheet (thickness 5mm) with a 10cm×10cm hole in the center on it. ), and overlap a stainless steel plate with the same shape (thickness 2mm) as the polysilicone sheet, and fix the peripheral part with a clamp. Next, 4 ml of DMF (dimethylformamide) was placed in the central hole and left for 3 minutes, and then the DMF was recovered. The amount of ester cyclic trimer in the recovered DMF was determined by liquid chromatography. This value was divided by the area of the film in contact with DMF to determine the amount of ester cyclic terpolymer precipitated on the release surface of the film (mg/m 2 ). (Measurement conditions) Device: ACQUITY UPLC (manufactured by Waters) Column: BEH-C18 2.1×150mm (manufactured by Waters) Mobile phase: Eluent A: 0.1% formic acid (v/v) Eluent B: Acetonitrile gradient B% : 10→98→98% (0→25→30 minutes) Flow rate: 0.2ml/min Column temperature: 40℃ Detector: UV-258nm

(13)熱處理前後的霧度之增加量(Δ霧度)評價 從薄膜切出50mm×75mm見方,依據JIS K 7105「塑膠之光學的特性試驗方法」霧度(haze),測定熱處理前的初期霧度(加熱前霧度)。於測定器,使用日本電色工業公司製NDH-300A型濁度計。為了測定加熱後霧度,以不引入氣泡之方式,使用輥使保護膜(藤森工業製PC-T073)密著於試料薄膜片之加熱處理前未霧度評價之面(背面)。於貼附有保護膜之狀態下,將薄膜設置於經加熱至150℃的烘箱內,於90分鐘經過後取出薄膜。然後剝離保護膜,以與上述同樣之方法測定薄膜之霧度,得到加熱後霧度。將此加熱前後的霧度差當作Δ霧度。 Δ霧度(%)=(加熱後霧度)-(加熱前霧度)(13) Evaluation of the increase in haze (Δ haze) before and after heat treatment A 50mm x 75mm square was cut from the film, and the initial haze before heat treatment (haze before heating) was measured based on JIS K 7105 "Testing methods for optical properties of plastics" haze. As a measuring device, NDH-300A type turbidity meter manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. was used. In order to measure the haze after heating, a protective film (PC-T073 manufactured by Fujimori Industrial Co., Ltd.) was closely adhered to the side (back side) of the sample film sheet that had not been evaluated for haze before heat treatment using a roller so as not to introduce air bubbles. With the protective film attached, the film was placed in an oven heated to 150°C, and after 90 minutes, the film was taken out. Then peel off the protective film, measure the haze of the film in the same way as above, and obtain the haze after heating. The difference in haze before and after heating is regarded as Δ haze. ΔHaze(%)=(Haze after heating)-(Haze before heating)

(14)聚酯薄膜之表面固有電阻值(Ω/sq) 根據JIS K 6911,使用表面固有電阻測定器(武田理研(股)公司製),於23℃、40%RH之環境下,以外加電壓500V,測定表面固有電阻值(Ω)。(14) Surface inherent resistance value of polyester film (Ω/sq) According to JIS K 6911, the surface inherent resistance value (Ω) was measured using a surface inherent resistance measuring instrument (manufactured by Takeda Riken Co., Ltd.) in an environment of 23°C and 40% RH with an applied voltage of 500V.

(15)高速塗布適應性 於轉印用配向薄膜之非塗布面或寡聚物阻擋塗布面,以凹版塗布機塗布相位差層形成用溶液及使其乾燥。然後,觀察轉印用配向薄膜之捲芯附近(從開始起450m附近)的膜質之狀態,用以下之基準進行評價。 ○:均勻的塗膜。 ×:看到因靜電所致的排斥。(15) High-speed coating adaptability On the non-coated surface or the oligomer barrier coated surface of the alignment film for transfer, apply the retardation layer forming solution with a gravure coater and dry it. Then, the film quality state near the core of the transfer alignment film (near 450m from the start) was observed and evaluated based on the following criteria. ○: Uniform coating film. ×: Repulsion due to static electricity is seen.

(16)三次元表面粗糙度SRa、SRz、SRy 使用觸針式三次元粗糙度計(SE-3AK,小阪研究所股份有限公司製),於針的半徑2μm、荷重30mg之條件下,在薄膜的長度方向中以截止值0.25mm,在測定長度1mm中,以針的進給速度0.1mm/秒進行測定,以2μm間距分割成500點,將各點的高度輸入三次元粗糙度解析裝置(SPA-11)。將與此同樣的操作,對於薄膜的寬度方向,以2μm間隔連續地進行150次,即於薄膜的寬度方向0.3mm中進行,將數據輸入解析裝置。接著,使用解析裝置,求出中心面平均粗糙度(SRa)、十點平均粗糙度(SRz)、最大高度(SRy)。(16) Three-dimensional surface roughness SRa, SRz, SRy A stylus type three-dimensional roughness meter (SE-3AK, manufactured by Kosaka Laboratory Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the length with a cutoff value of 0.25 mm in the length direction of the film under the conditions of a needle radius of 2 μm and a load of 30 mg. 1 mm is measured at a needle feed speed of 0.1 mm/second, divided into 500 points at a pitch of 2 μm, and the height of each point is input into a three-dimensional roughness analysis device (SPA-11). The same operation was performed continuously 150 times at intervals of 2 μm in the width direction of the film, that is, 0.3 mm in the width direction of the film, and the data was input into the analysis device. Next, using an analysis device, the center surface average roughness (SRa), the ten-point average roughness (SRz), and the maximum height (SRy) are obtained.

(17)脫模面高低差0.5μm以上(脫模面)、2.0μm(背面)以上之突起數 在薄膜長度方向中,切出寬度100mm、長度100mm的試驗片,將此夾入2片偏光板之間而成為正交尼科耳狀態,設置於保持消光位置之狀態。於此狀態下使用NIKON萬能投影機V-12(測定條件:投影透鏡50倍,穿透照明光束切換旋鈕50倍,穿透光檢査),光進行穿透,檢測出能光亮般地看見之部分(傷痕、異物)的長徑為50μm以上者。將如此所檢測出的部分從試驗片中切取適當的大小,使用3次元形狀測定裝置(菱化系統公司製,Micromap TYPE550;測定條件:波長550nm、WAVE模式、物鏡10倍),對於薄膜面,從垂直方向來觀察、測定。此時,對於薄膜面,從垂直方向來觀察時,接近50μm以內的凹凸係當作相同的傷痕、異物,假想覆蓋該等之長方形,將此長方形的長度及寬度當作傷痕、異物之長度及寬度。關於該傷痕、異物,使用剖面映像(SURFACE PROFILE DISPLAY),定量缺點數。再者,測定係對於20片試驗片進行,換算成每1m2 的缺點數。於脫模面中計數高低差(最高處與低處之差)為0.5μm以上者的缺點數,背面係計數高低差2.0μm以上者的缺點數。(17) The number of protrusions with a height difference of 0.5 μm or more (release surface) and 2.0 μm (back surface) on the release surface. Cut out a test piece with a width of 100 mm and a length of 100 mm in the length direction of the film, and sandwich this between two pieces of polarized light. Between the plates, it becomes a cross-Nicol state and is set in a state where the extinction position is maintained. In this state, the NIKON universal projector V-12 is used (measurement conditions: projection lens 50 times, penetrating illumination beam switching knob 50 times, penetrating light inspection), the light penetrates, and the part that can be seen as bright is detected. The long diameter of (wounds and foreign matter) is 50 μm or more. The portion detected in this way was cut into an appropriate size from the test piece, and using a three-dimensional shape measuring device (Micromap TYPE550 manufactured by Ryoka Systems Co., Ltd.; measurement conditions: wavelength 550 nm, WAVE mode, objective lens 10x), for the film surface, Observe and measure from the vertical direction. At this time, for the film surface, when viewed from the vertical direction, the unevenness within 50 μm is regarded as the same flaw and foreign matter, and a rectangle is assumed to cover the same. The length and width of the rectangle are regarded as the length and width of the flaw and foreign matter. Width. Regarding the scratches and foreign matter, the cross-sectional image (SURFACE PROFILE DISPLAY) is used to quantify the number of defects. In addition, the measurement was performed on 20 test pieces and converted into the number of defects per 1 m 2 . Count the number of defects with a height difference (difference between the highest point and the lowest point) of 0.5 μm or more on the release surface, and count the number of defects with a height difference of 2.0 μm or more on the back surface.

<轉印用配向薄膜用聚酯樹脂之製造> (聚酯樹脂(PET(X-m))之製造) 將酯化反應槽升溫,於到達200℃之時間點,加入86.4質量份的對苯二甲酸及64.6質量份的乙二醇,一邊攪拌一邊加入作為觸媒之0.017質量份的三氧化銻、0.064質量份的乙酸鎂4水合物、0.16質量份的三乙胺。接著,進行加壓升溫,於錶壓0.34MPa、240℃之條件下進行加壓酯化反應後,使酯化反應槽回到常壓,添加0.014質量份的磷酸。再者,費15分鐘升溫至260℃,添加0.012質量份的磷酸三甲酯。接著,於15分鐘後,以高壓分散機進行分散處理,於15分鐘後,將所得之酯化反應生成物移送至聚縮合反應槽,於280℃、減壓下進行聚縮合反應。<Manufacturing of polyester resin for alignment film for transfer> (Manufacturing of polyester resin (PET(X-m))) The esterification reaction tank is heated up, and when it reaches 200°C, 86.4 parts by mass of terephthalic acid and 64.6 parts by mass of ethylene glycol are added. While stirring, 0.017 parts by mass of antimony trioxide and 0.064 parts by mass of antimony trioxide are added as catalysts. 0.16 parts by mass of magnesium acetate tetrahydrate and 0.16 parts by mass of triethylamine. Next, the pressure was increased and the temperature was increased. After performing a pressure esterification reaction under the conditions of 0.34 MPa gauge pressure and 240° C., the esterification reaction tank was returned to normal pressure, and 0.014 parts by mass of phosphoric acid was added. Furthermore, the temperature was raised to 260° C. over 15 minutes, and 0.012 parts by mass of trimethyl phosphate was added. Then, after 15 minutes, a high-pressure disperser was used to perform dispersion treatment. After 15 minutes, the obtained esterification reaction product was transferred to a polycondensation reaction tank, and a polycondensation reaction was performed at 280° C. under reduced pressure.

於聚縮合反應結束後,以95%截止徑為5μm的Nasolon製過濾器進行過濾處理,從噴嘴擠出股束(strand)狀,使用已預先進行過濾處理(孔徑:1μm以下)的冷卻水,使其冷卻、固化,切割成丸粒狀,得到聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯樹脂(PET(X-m))。PET(X-m)之固有黏度為0.62dl/g,惰性粒子及內部析出粒子係實質上不含。After the polycondensation reaction is completed, filtration is performed with a Nasolon filter with a 95% cutoff diameter of 5 μm, strands are extruded from the nozzle, and cooling water that has been filtered in advance (pore size: 1 μm or less) is used. It is cooled, solidified, and cut into pellets to obtain polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET (X-m)). The intrinsic viscosity of PET (X-m) is 0.62dl/g, and it contains virtually no inert particles and internal precipitated particles.

(聚酯樹脂(PET(Y)之調製) 混合10質量份的經乾燥之紫外線吸收劑(2,2’-(1,4-伸苯基)雙(4H-3,1-苯并 -4-酮)與90質量份的PET(X-m)(固有黏度為0.62dl/g),使用混煉擠壓機,得到含有紫外線吸收劑之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯樹脂(PET(Y))。(Preparation of polyester resin (PET(Y))) Mix 10 parts by mass of dried ultraviolet absorber (2,2'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(4H-3,1-benzo) -4-one) and 90 parts by mass of PET (Xm) (intrinsic viscosity: 0.62dl/g), using a kneading extruder to obtain a polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET(Y) containing an ultraviolet absorber )).

(低寡聚物量聚酯(X-s)之製造) 於減壓下在160℃乾燥聚酯樹脂(PET(X-m)),接著,使含水量為15.3g/Nm3 之經調濕的氮氣以每小時300公升流通每1kg的粗製聚酯,於230℃進行12小時加熱處理。所得之聚酯的固有黏度為0.617dl/g,環狀三聚物之含量為0.29質量%。(Production of low oligomer content polyester (Xs)) The polyester resin (PET (Xm)) was dried under reduced pressure at 160°C, and then the moisture-controlled nitrogen gas with a moisture content of 15.3g /Nm was added to each 300 liters per hour of circulation per 1kg of crude polyester are heated at 230°C for 12 hours. The inherent viscosity of the obtained polyester was 0.617dl/g, and the content of the cyclic trimer was 0.29 mass%.

<易接著層成分之製造> (聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂D-1之製造) 用以下之程序製造以脂肪族系聚碳酸酯多元醇為構成成分之聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂D-1。於具備攪拌機、戴氏冷卻器、氮氣導入管、矽凝膠乾燥管及溫度計之4口燒瓶中,投入43.75質量份的4,4-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、12.85質量份的二羥甲基丁酸、153.41質量份的數量平均分子量2000之聚六亞甲基碳酸酯二醇、0.03質量份的二月桂酸二丁錫及84.00質量份作為溶劑的丙酮,於氮氣環境下,在75℃攪拌3小時,確認反應液達到指定的胺當量。接著,將此反應液降溫到40℃為止後,添加8.77質量份的三乙胺,得到聚胺基甲酸酯預聚物溶液。接著,於具備能高速攪拌的均質分散機之反應容器中,添加450g的水,調整至25℃,一邊以2000min-1 攪拌混合,一邊添加聚胺基甲酸酯預聚物溶液而進行水分散。然後,於減壓下,藉由去除丙酮及水的一部分,而調製固體成分濃度35質量%的水溶性聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(D-1)。所得之聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(D-1)的玻璃轉移點溫度為-30℃。<Preparation of easy-adhesion layer components> (Preparation of polyurethane resin D-1) Polyurethane resin D-1 containing aliphatic polycarbonate polyol as a component was produced by the following procedure. . In a 4-neck flask equipped with a mixer, a Daisch cooler, a nitrogen introduction tube, a silica gel drying tube and a thermometer, 43.75 parts by mass of 4,4-diphenylmethane diisocyanate and 12.85 parts by mass of dimethylol are put in Butyric acid, 153.41 parts by mass of polyhexamethylene carbonate diol with a number average molecular weight of 2000, 0.03 parts by mass of dibutyltin dilaurate and 84.00 parts by mass of acetone as a solvent were stirred at 75°C in a nitrogen atmosphere. After 3 hours, confirm that the reaction solution reaches the specified amine equivalent. Next, after cooling the reaction solution to 40° C., 8.77 parts by mass of triethylamine was added to obtain a polyurethane prepolymer solution. Next, add 450 g of water to a reaction vessel equipped with a homodisperser capable of high-speed stirring, adjust the temperature to 25°C, and add the polyurethane prepolymer solution while stirring and mixing for 2000 min -1 to perform water dispersion. . Then, acetone and part of water were removed under reduced pressure to prepare a water-soluble polyurethane resin (D-1) having a solid content concentration of 35% by mass. The glass transition point temperature of the obtained polyurethane resin (D-1) was -30°C.

(唑啉系交聯劑E-1之製造) 於具備溫度計、氮氣導入管、回流冷卻器、滴液漏斗及攪拌機之燒瓶中,投入作為水性介質之58質量份的離子交換水與58質量份的異丙醇之混合物及4質量份的聚合起始劑(2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲脒基丙烷)・二鹽酸鹽)。另一方面,於滴液漏斗中,投入16質量份的作為具有唑啉基的聚合性不飽和單體之2-異丙烯基-2-唑啉、32質量份的甲氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(乙二醇的平均加成莫耳數:9莫耳,新中村化學製)及32質量份的甲基丙烯酸甲酯之混合物,於氮氣環境下,在70℃歷1小時滴下。滴下結束後,將反應溶液攪拌9小時,藉由冷卻而得到固體成分濃度40質量%之具有唑啉基的水溶性樹脂(E-1)。( Production of oxazoline cross-linking agent E-1) In a flask equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet pipe, a reflux cooler, a dropping funnel and a stirrer, 58 parts by mass of ion-exchange water and 58 parts by mass of the aqueous medium were put A mixture of isopropyl alcohol and 4 parts by mass of polymerization initiator (2,2'-azobis(2-formamidinopropane) dihydrochloride). On the other hand, in a dropping funnel, 16 parts by mass of 2-isopropenyl-2-, the polymerizable unsaturated monomer of oxazoline group A mixture of oxazoline, 32 parts by mass of methoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate (average molar addition of ethylene glycol: 9 moles, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 32 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, In a nitrogen atmosphere, drop it at 70°C for 1 hour. After completion of the dropping, the reaction solution was stirred for 9 hours and cooled to obtain a solution with a solid content concentration of 40% by mass. Oxazoline-based water-soluble resin (E-1).

(易接著層用塗布液之調製) 混合下述之塗劑,作成易接著層用塗布液。 水                                                  55.62質量% 異丙醇                                             30.00質量% 聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(D-1)                        11.29質量%唑啉系交聯劑(E-1)                             2.26質量% 粒子                                                 0.71質量% (平均粒徑40nm的矽溶膠,固體成分濃度40質量%) 粒子                                                 0.07質量% (平均粒徑450nm的矽溶膠,固體成分濃度40質量%) 界面活性劑                                         0.05質量% (矽系、固體成分濃度100質量%) (固體成分濃度10質量%)(Preparation of coating liquid for easily adhesive layer) Mix the following coating agents to prepare a coating liquid for easily adhesive layer. Water 55.62 mass% Isopropyl alcohol 30.00 mass% Polyurethane resin (D-1) 11.29 mass% Oxazoline-based cross-linking agent (E-1) 2.26 mass% Particles 0.71 mass% (silica sol with an average particle diameter of 40 nm, solid content concentration 40 mass%) Particles 0.07 mass% (silica sol with an average particle diameter of 450 nm, solid content concentration 40% by mass) Surfactant 0.05% by mass (Silicon based, solid content concentration 100% by mass) (Solid content concentration 10% by mass)

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒1之製造) 作為轉印用配向薄膜的中間層用之原料,將90質量份的PET(X-m)樹脂丸粒與10質量份的含有紫外線吸收劑之PET(Y)樹脂丸粒在135℃減壓乾燥(1托)6小時後,供給至擠壓機2(中間層II層用)。又,作為轉印用配向薄膜的外層用之原料,藉由常見方法乾燥PET(X-m),供給至擠壓機1(外層(I層、III層)用),在285℃熔化。將此2種的聚合物各自以不銹鋼燒結體的濾材(標稱過濾精度10μm粒子95%截止)進行過濾,以2種3層匯流區塊(block)進行積層,從管口擠出片狀後,使用靜電施加澆鑄法,捲附於表面溫度30℃的澆鑄滾筒,進行冷卻固化,製作未延伸薄膜。此時,以I層、II層、III層的厚度之比成為10:80:10之方式,調整各擠壓機之吐出量。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 1 for transfer) As raw materials for the intermediate layer of the alignment film for transfer, 90 parts by mass of PET (X-m) resin pellets and 10 parts by mass of PET (Y) resin pellets containing an ultraviolet absorber were dried under reduced pressure at 135°C (1 After 6 hours, it is supplied to the extruder 2 (for the middle layer II layer). In addition, as a raw material for the outer layer of the alignment film for transfer, PET (X-m) was dried by a common method, supplied to the extruder 1 (for the outer layer (layer I, layer III)), and melted at 285°C. Each of these two types of polymers is filtered with a stainless steel sintered body filter material (nominal filtration accuracy of 10 μm particles, 95% cutoff), laminated with two types of three-layer blocks, and extruded into sheets from the nozzle. , using the electrostatic application casting method, winding it up on a casting drum with a surface temperature of 30°C, cooling and solidifying, and producing an unstretched film. At this time, the discharge amount of each extruder was adjusted so that the thickness ratio of the I layer, the II layer, and the III layer became 10:80:10.

接著,藉由逆向輥法,於此未延伸PET薄膜之單面,以乾燥後的塗布量成為0.08g/m2 之方式塗布易接著用塗布液後,導引至乾燥機,在80℃乾燥20秒。Next, the easy-adhesion coating liquid is applied on one side of the unstretched PET film by the reverse roller method so that the coating amount after drying becomes 0.08g/ m2 , and then it is guided to a dryer and dried at 80°C. 20 seconds.

將此形成有塗布層的未延伸薄膜導引至拉幅延伸機,一邊以夾具抓住薄膜之端部,一邊導引至溫度125℃的熱風區,在寬度方向中延伸至4.0倍。接著,保持著在寬度方向中經延伸的寬度,於溫度210℃以10秒熱定型處理,更進行3.0%的鬆弛處理。然後,切斷經冷卻的薄膜之兩端部,以0.4kg/mm2 之張力捲取,得到薄膜厚度50μm的單軸配向PET薄膜(寬度1800cm,轉印用配向薄膜1)。 將所得之薄膜的中央部切割成50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(切割薄膜1-c)。 從所得之薄膜的中央部切割右側50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(1-r1)。 切割所得之薄膜的右側端部50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(1-r2)。The unstretched film on which the coating layer was formed was guided to a tenter stretching machine, and while holding the end of the film with a clamp, it was guided to a hot air zone with a temperature of 125°C, and was stretched to 4.0 times in the width direction. Next, while maintaining the stretched width in the width direction, heat setting processing was carried out for 10 seconds at a temperature of 210°C, and a relaxation treatment of 3.0% was further performed. Then, both ends of the cooled film were cut and rolled up at a tension of 0.4 kg/mm 2 to obtain a uniaxially aligned PET film with a film thickness of 50 μm (width 1800 cm, alignment film 1 for transfer). The center portion of the obtained film was cut into a width of 50 cm to form a film roll (cut film 1-c) with a length of approximately 500 m. The obtained film was cut from the center part to a width of 50 cm on the right side to obtain a film roll (1-r1) of approximately 500 m in length. The right end of the cut film is 50cm wide and becomes a film roll (1-r2) with a length of about 500m.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒2之製造) 除了使用經加熱的輥群及紅外線加熱器,將經由與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣之方法所製作的未延伸薄膜(易接著層塗布完畢)加熱至105℃,然後以具有圓周速度差的輥群,在行進方向中延伸3.3倍後,導引至溫度135℃的熱風區,在寬度方向中延伸3.5倍,將熱定型溫度設為225℃以外,以與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣之方法得到轉印用配向薄膜2。 將所得之薄膜的中央部切割成50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(2-c)。 從所得之薄膜的中央部切割右側50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(2-r1)。 切割所得之薄膜的右側一半之中央部50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(2-r2)。 切割所得之薄膜的右側端部50cm寬度,成為長度約500m的薄膜捲筒(2-r3)。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 2 for transfer) In addition to using a heated roller group and an infrared heater, the unstretched film (the easy-adhesive layer has been coated) produced by the same method as the transfer alignment film 1 is heated to 105°C, and then heated to 105°C with a roller having a circumferential speed difference. After extending the group 3.3 times in the direction of travel, guide it to a hot air area with a temperature of 135°C, extend it 3.5 times in the width direction, set the heat setting temperature to other than 225°C, and use the same method as the alignment film 1 for transfer An alignment film 2 for transfer was obtained. The center portion of the obtained film was cut into a width of 50 cm to form a film roll (2-c) with a length of approximately 500 m. The obtained film was cut from the center part to a width of 50 cm on the right side to form a film roll (2-r1) of approximately 500 m in length. The center part of the right half of the cut film is 50cm wide and becomes a film roll (2-r2) with a length of about 500m. The right end of the cut film is 50cm wide and becomes a film roll (2-r3) with a length of about 500m.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒3-c之製造) 捲出薄膜捲筒1-c,使其通過130℃的加熱烘箱,進行捲取、退火處理,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒3-c。烘箱的通過時間為20秒。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 3-c for transfer) The film roll 1-c is rolled out, passed through a heating oven at 130°C, and rolled up and annealed to obtain an alignment film roll 3-c for transfer. The oven pass time is 20 seconds.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒4-c之製造) 除了如表1所示地改變鬆弛處理條件以外,與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣地進行,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒4-c。切割中央部分。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 4-c for transfer) Except that the relaxation treatment conditions were changed as shown in Table 1, the same procedure as the transfer alignment film 1 was performed to obtain a transfer alignment film roll 4-c. Cut the center section.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒5-c之製造) 除了如表1所示地改變熱定型溫度以外,與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣地進行,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒5-c。切割中央部分。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 5-c for transfer) Except for changing the heat setting temperature as shown in Table 1, the same process as the alignment film 1 for transfer was performed, and the alignment film roll 5-c for transfer was obtained. Cut the center section.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒6-c之製造) 除了如表1所示地改變寬度方向的延伸倍率以外,與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣地進行,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒6-c。切割中央部分。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 6-c for transfer) Except for changing the stretching ratio in the width direction as shown in Table 1, the same procedure as the transfer alignment film 1 was performed to obtain a transfer alignment film roll 6-c. Cut the center section.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒7-c之製造) 對於轉印用配向薄膜捲筒6-c進行退火處理,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒7-c。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 7-c for transfer) The alignment film roll 6-c for transfer is annealed to obtain the alignment film roll 7-c for transfer.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒8-c之製造) 使用經加熱的輥群及紅外線加熱器,將經由與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣之方法所製作的未延伸薄膜(易接著層塗布完畢)加熱至105℃,然後以具有圓周速度差的輥群,在行進方向中延伸2.0倍後,導引至溫度135℃的熱風區,在寬度方向中延伸4.0倍,以與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣之方法得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒8-c。切割中央部分。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 8-c for transfer) Using a heated roller group and an infrared heater, heat the unstretched film (the easy-adhesive layer has been coated) produced by the same method as the transfer alignment film 1 to 105°C, and then use a roller group with a circumferential speed difference. , after extending 2.0 times in the direction of travel, guide it to a hot air zone with a temperature of 135°C, and extend it 4.0 times in the width direction, and obtain an alignment film roll 8-c for transfer in the same method as the alignment film 1 for transfer. . Cut the center section.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒9-c之製造) 除了將熱定型溫度設為170℃,不進行鬆弛處理,以0.6kg/mm2 之張力捲取以外,與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣地,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒9-c。切割中央部分。(Manufacture of the alignment film roll 9-c for transfer) The same process as the alignment film 1 for transfer except that the heat setting temperature was set to 170°C, no relaxation process was performed, and the roll was wound up at a tension of 0.6 kg/mm 2 , obtaining the alignment film roll 9-c for transfer. Cut the center section.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒10-c之製造) 使用經加熱的輥群及紅外線加熱器,將經由與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣之方法所製作的未延伸薄膜(易接著層塗布完畢)加熱至105℃,然後以具有圓周速度差的輥群,在行進方向中延伸4.0倍後,於乾燥機內在溫度225℃處理10秒,利用圓周速度差進行3.0%的鬆弛處理,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒10-c。切割中央部分。 再者,於上述轉印用配向薄膜捲筒1~10-c中,使用未塗布易接著層之面(非易接著塗層面)作為脫模面。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 10-c for transfer) Using a heated roller group and an infrared heater, heat the unstretched film (the easy-adhesive layer has been coated) produced by the same method as the transfer alignment film 1 to 105°C, and then use a roller group with a circumferential speed difference. , after being stretched 4.0 times in the direction of travel, the film was processed at a temperature of 225°C for 10 seconds in a dryer, and a relaxation process of 3.0% was performed using the difference in peripheral speed to obtain an alignment film roll 10-c for transfer. Cut the center section. Furthermore, in the above-mentioned alignment film rolls 1 to 10-c for transfer, the surface that is not coated with the easy-adhesive layer (non-easy-adhesive coating surface) is used as the release surface.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒11-c之製造) 對於轉印用配向薄膜捲筒1(1-c)之非易接著塗布面,進行電暈處理,塗布下述寡聚物阻擋塗劑,於加熱烘箱中在150℃乾燥3分鐘,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒11-c。塗布層之厚度為150nm。 ・三聚氰胺交聯烷基改質醇酸樹脂(日立化成聚合物公司製:Tesfine 322:固體成分40%)                                 2.5份 ・對甲苯磺酸(日立化成聚合物公司製:Dryer 900) 0.025份 ・甲苯                                              50份 ・甲基乙基酮                                   47.2份 還有,使用寡聚物阻擋塗層面作為脫模面。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 11-c for transfer) For the non-adherent coating surface of the alignment film roll 1 (1-c) for transfer, perform corona treatment, apply the following oligomer barrier coating, and dry in a heating oven at 150°C for 3 minutes to obtain transfer. Use alignment film roll 11-c. The thickness of the coating layer is 150nm. ・Melamine cross-linked alkyl modified alkyd resin (Hitachi Chemical Polymer Co., Ltd.: Tesfine 322: solid content 40%) 2.5 parts ・P-Toluenesulfonic acid (manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Polymers: Dryer 900) 0.025 copies ・Toluene 50 parts ・Methyl ethyl ketone 47.2 parts Also, use the oligomer barrier coating side as the release side.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒12-c之製造) 除了代替單面的易接著層用塗布液,使用下述之塗劑(寡聚物阻擋塗劑),在另一面使用下述之塗劑且不含矽石粒子者以外,與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣地進行,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒12-c。切割中央部分。 ・六甲氧基羥甲基三聚氰胺                       52質量% ・Epocros(日本觸媒股份有限公司製);唑啉基量7.7mmol/g  30質量% ・聚甘油聚環氧丙基醚                             10質量% ・2-胺基-2-甲基丙醇鹽酸鹽                       3質量% ・矽石粒子(平均粒徑0.07μm)                    5質量% (溶劑:甲苯/MEK=1/1) 還有,使用不含矽石粒子的寡聚物阻擋塗層面作為脫模面。(Production of alignment film roll 12-c for transfer) Instead of the coating liquid for the easy-adhesive layer on one side, the following coating agent (oligomer barrier coating agent) is used, and the following coating agent is used on the other side. Except that silica particles are not included, the process is carried out in the same manner as the transfer alignment film 1 to obtain a transfer alignment film roll 12-c. Cut the center section.・Hexamethoxyhydroxymethylmelamine 52% by mass ・Epocros (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.); Amount of oxazoline group 7.7mmol/g 30% by mass ・Polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether 10% by mass ・2-Amino-2-methylpropanol hydrochloride 3% by mass ・Silica particles (average particle size 0.07 μm) 5% by mass (solvent: toluene/MEK=1/1) In addition, the oligomer barrier coating surface containing no silica particles was used as the release surface.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒13-c之製造) 除了代替PET(X-m),使用PET(X-s)以外,與轉印用配向薄膜捲筒11-c同樣地進行,得到轉印用配向薄膜捲筒13-c。切割中央部分。 還有,使用寡聚物阻擋塗層面作為脫模面。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 13-c for transfer) Except that PET (X-s) was used instead of PET (X-m), the same procedure as the alignment film roll 11-c for transfer was performed to obtain the alignment film roll 13-c for transfer. Cut the center section. Also, use the oligomer barrier coating side as the release side.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒14-c之製造) 除了使用下述之塗劑作為易接著層用塗布液以外,與轉印用配向薄膜1同樣地進行,得到具有抗靜電能力的轉印用配向薄膜捲筒14-c。 水                                                  16.70質量% 異丙醇                                             21.69質量% 山梨糖醇                                            5.00質量% 噻吩系樹脂                                       51.02質量% (STARCK公司製Bytron P AG,固體成分濃度1.2質量%) 聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(D-1)                         3.81質量%唑啉系交聯劑水溶液(E-1)                     1.22質量% 粒子                                                 0.70質量% (平均粒徑40nm的矽溶膠,固體成分濃度40質量%) 粒子                                                 0.07質量% (平均粒徑450nm的矽溶膠,固體成分濃度40質量%) 界面活性劑                                         0.05質量% (矽系、固體成分濃度100質量%) (固體成分濃度10質量%) 還有,使用非易接著塗層面作為脫模面。(Manufacture of the alignment film roll 14-c for transfer) The process was carried out in the same manner as the alignment film 1 for transfer, except that the following coating agent was used as the coating liquid for the easy-adhesion layer, to obtain the alignment film for transfer 1 with antistatic ability. Alignment film roll 14-c. Water 16.70 mass% Isopropyl alcohol 21.69 mass% Sorbitol 5.00 mass% Thiophene resin 51.02 mass% (Bytron P AG manufactured by STARCK, solid content concentration 1.2 mass%) Polyurethane resin (D-1) 3.81 mass % Aqueous solution of oxazoline cross-linking agent (E-1) 1.22 mass% Particles 0.70 mass% (silica sol with an average particle diameter of 40 nm, solid content concentration 40 mass%) Particles 0.07 mass% (silica sol with an average particle diameter of 450 nm, solid content Concentration 40% by mass) Surfactant 0.05% by mass (Silicon-based, solid content concentration 100% by mass) (Solid content concentration 10% by mass) In addition, the non-adherent coating surface is used as the release surface.

(轉印用配向薄膜捲筒15-c之製造) 於轉印用配向薄膜捲筒1(1-c)之易接著塗布面,塗布Peltron C-4402(銻摻雜氧化錫粒子)經MEK成為固體成分濃度5%者,於加熱烘箱中在80℃乾燥3分鐘,設置厚度100nm的抗靜電塗層。另一方面,於非易接著塗布面,與轉印用配向薄膜11-c同樣地設置寡聚物阻擋塗層,得到具有抗靜電能力的轉印用配向薄膜捲筒15-c。 還有,使用寡聚物阻擋塗層面作為脫模面。(Manufacture of alignment film roll 15-c for transfer) On the easy-to-adhere coating surface of the alignment film roll 1 (1-c) for transfer, apply Peltron C-4402 (antimony-doped tin oxide particles) through MEK to a solid content concentration of 5%, and heat it in a heating oven at 80°C Dry for 3 minutes and set an antistatic coating with a thickness of 100nm. On the other hand, an oligomer barrier coating is provided on the non-adherent coating surface in the same manner as the transfer alignment film 11-c, thereby obtaining a transfer alignment film roll 15-c with antistatic capability. Also, use the oligomer barrier coating side as the release side.

表1中顯示上述轉印用配向薄膜捲筒各自之製造條件與特性。 [表1] 轉印用配向薄膜捲筒編號 1-c 1-r1 1-r2 2-c 2-r1 2-r2 2-r3 3-c 4-c 5-c 6-c 7-c 8-c 9-c 10-c 11-c 12-c 13-c 14-c 15-c 轉印用 配向薄膜特性 MD或TD與配向方向之角度 (最大地方 度) 0.5 2 4 2 5 13 25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 在全寬度的角度之差(度) 1 2 2.5 4 5 10 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MD方向與TD方向之150℃ 熱收縮率差(%) 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 3.1 2.5 1.2 3.2 4.2 1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 MD方向150℃熱收縮率(%) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 2.6 3.4 2.8 1.3 3.7 4.4 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 TD方向150℃熱收縮率(%) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.2 1.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.2 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 45度方向熱收縮率差(%) 0 0.1 0.1 0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 95℃最大熱收縮率(%) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.8 1.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 最大熱收縮率方向與MD或 TD方向之角度(度) 1 1 3 4 7 10 22 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MD方向彈性模數(GPa) 2.5 4.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 3.7 2.4 6.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 TD方向彈性模數(GPa) 6.6 4.5 6.5 6.7 6.6 6.7 6.6 6.1 6.5 2.5 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 IVf 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 波長380nm之光線穿透率(%) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 轉印用配向薄膜的快軸方向之 折射率(ny) 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.653 1.653 1.653 1.653 1.587 1.588 1.588 1.588 1.587 1.587 1.588 1.589 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 轉印用配向薄膜的慢軸方向之 折射率(nx) 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.689 1.689 1.689 1.689 1.691 1.692 1.691 1.691 1.694 1.679 1.691 1.689 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 製造 條件 MD倍率 - - - 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 - - - - - 2 - 4 - - - - - TD倍率 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 4.2 4.2 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 HS溫度(度) 210 210 210 225 225 225 225 210 210 190 210 210 210 170 225 210 210 210 210 210 TD鬆弛率(%) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 0 (MD3%) 3 3 3 3 3 退火 n n n n n n n y n n n y n n n n n n n n 退火溫度(℃) - - - - - - - 130 - - - 130 - - - - - - - - 退火的MD鬆弛率(%) - - - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - - - Table 1 shows the manufacturing conditions and characteristics of each of the alignment film rolls for transfer. [Table 1] Alignment film roll number for transfer 1-c 1-r1 1-r2 2-c 2-r1 2-r2 2-r3 3-c 4-c 5-c 6-c 7-c 8-c 9-c 10-c 11-c 12-c 13-c 14-c 15-c Characteristics of alignment films for transfer printing The angle between MD or TD and the alignment direction (maximum degree) 0.5 2 4 2 5 13 25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Angle difference across full width (degrees) 1 2 2.5 4 5 10 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Difference in thermal shrinkage rate between MD direction and TD direction at 150°C (%) 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 3.1 2.5 1.2 3.2 4.2 1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 Thermal shrinkage rate at 150℃ in MD direction (%) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 2.6 3.4 2.8 1.3 3.7 4.4 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Thermal shrinkage rate at 150℃ in TD direction (%) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.2 1.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.2 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Difference in thermal shrinkage rate at 45 degrees (%) 0 0.1 0.1 0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Maximum thermal shrinkage rate at 95°C (%) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.8 1.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 The angle between the maximum thermal shrinkage direction and the MD or TD direction (degrees) 1 1 3 4 7 10 twenty two 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MD direction elastic modulus (GPa) 2.5 4.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 3.7 2.4 6.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Elastic modulus in TD direction (GPa) 6.6 4.5 6.5 6.7 6.6 6.7 6.6 6.1 6.5 2.5 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 f 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Light transmittance at wavelength 380nm (%) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The refractive index of the alignment film for transfer in the fast axis direction (ny) 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.653 1.653 1.653 1.653 1.587 1.588 1.588 1.588 1.587 1.587 1.588 1.589 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 The refractive index (nx) of the slow axis direction of the alignment film for transfer 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.689 1.689 1.689 1.689 1.691 1.692 1.691 1.691 1.694 1.679 1.691 1.689 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 manufacturing conditions MD magnification - - - 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 - - - - - 2 - 4 - - - - - TD magnification 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 4.2 4.2 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 HS temperature (degrees) 210 210 210 225 225 225 225 210 210 190 210 210 210 170 225 210 210 210 210 210 TD relaxation rate (%) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 0 (MD3%) 3 3 3 3 3 annealing n n n n n n n y n n n y n n n n n n n n Annealing temperature (℃) - - - - - - - 130 - - - 130 - - - - - - - - Annealed MD relaxation rate (%) - - - - - - - 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - - -

實驗例1A (摩擦處理配向控制層之形成) 捲出轉印用配向薄膜捲筒1-c,切出長度30cm,於非易接著塗布面上,使用棒塗機塗布下述組成之摩擦處理配向控制層用塗料,在80℃乾燥5分鐘,形成厚度200nm之膜。接著,以捲繞有尼龍製的起毛布之摩擦輥處理所得之膜的表面,得到積層有摩擦處理配向控制層之轉印用配向薄膜。摩擦係以對於所切出的長方形之短邊成為45度之方式進行。 完全皂化型聚乙烯醇(重量平均分子量800)     2質量份 離子交換水                                        100質量份 界面活性劑                                         0.5質量份Experimental example 1A (Formation of alignment control layer by friction treatment) Unroll the alignment film roll 1-c for transfer, cut it into a length of 30cm, and use a bar coater to apply the friction-treated alignment control layer coating with the following composition on the non-easy-to-adhere coating surface, and dry at 80°C for 5 minutes. A film with a thickness of 200nm was formed. Next, the surface of the obtained film was treated with a rubbing roller wrapped with a nylon raised cloth, thereby obtaining an alignment film for transfer on which a rubbing-treated alignment control layer was laminated. The rubbing is performed so that the short side of the cut rectangle becomes 45 degrees. Completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol (weight average molecular weight 800) 2 parts by mass Ion exchange water 100 parts by mass Surfactant 0.5 parts by mass

接著,於施有摩擦處理之面上,藉由棒塗法塗布下述組成之相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)形成用溶液。在110℃乾燥3分鐘,照射紫外線而使其硬化,使作為相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)的λ/4層形成在轉印用配向薄膜1-c上,製造液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體。 棒狀液晶化合物(BASF公司製的LC242)       75質量份 下述化合物                                           20質量份 三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯                            5質量份 Irgacure 379                                          3質量份 界面活性劑                                          0.1質量份 甲基乙基酮                                         250質量份Next, a retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) forming solution having the following composition was coated on the surface subjected to rubbing treatment by a bar coating method. Dry at 110°C for 3 minutes, irradiate ultraviolet rays to cure, and form a λ/4 layer as a retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) on the transfer alignment film 1-c to produce a liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer Laminated body. Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (LC242 manufactured by BASF) 75 parts by mass of the following compound 20 parts by mass Trimethylolpropane triacrylate 5 parts by mass Irgacure 379 3 parts by mass Surfactant 0.1 part by mass Methyl ethyl ketone 250 parts by mass

實驗例2A、3A、6A~21A、實驗例2B 除了如表2所示地改變轉印用配向薄膜之種類以外,與實驗例1A同樣地,製造實驗例2A、3A、6A~21A、實驗例2B之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體。Experimental Examples 2A, 3A, 6A to 21A, Experimental Example 2B The liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer laminates of Experimental Examples 2A, 3A, 6A to 21A, and Experimental Example 2B were manufactured in the same manner as Experimental Example 1A except that the type of the alignment film for transfer was changed as shown in Table 2.

實驗例4A、5A、實驗例1B 從轉印用配向薄膜捲筒1-r2切出長度約30cm,從所切出的薄膜,以薄膜之配向軸與長邊的方向所成的角度成為6度、9度、15度之方式,將形狀調整成盡量大面積的長方形。除了使用此薄膜以外,與實驗例3A同樣地,製造實驗例4A、5A、實驗例1B之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體。Experimental Examples 4A, 5A, Experimental Example 1B Cut the alignment film roll 1-r2 for transfer to a length of about 30cm, and make the angle between the alignment axis of the film and the direction of the long side of the cut film to be 6 degrees, 9 degrees, or 15 degrees. Adjust the shape into a rectangle as large as possible. Except using this film, in the same manner as Experimental Example 3A, the laminates for liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer in Experimental Examples 4A, 5A, and Experimental Example 1B were produced.

表2中顯示實驗例1A~21A、1B、2B之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體的評價結果。還有,表2之實驗例4A、5A、實驗例1B之「MD或TD與配向方向之角度(最大地方  度)」的項目之數值係表示長方形樣品的長邊與配向軸所成之角度。 [表2] 實驗例1A 實驗例2A 實驗例3A 實驗例4A 實驗例5A 實驗例6A 實驗例7A 實驗例8A 實驗例9A 實驗例10A 實驗例11A 實驗例12A 實驗例13A 實驗例14A 實驗例15A 實驗例16A 實驗例17A 實驗例18A 實驗例19A 實驗例20A 實驗例21A 實驗例1B 實驗例2B 轉印用配向薄膜捲筒編號 1-c 1-r1 1-r2 1-r2 1-r2 2-c 2-r1 2-r2 3-c 4-c 5-c 6-c 7-c 8-c 9-c 10-c 11-c 12-c 13-c 14-c 15-c 1-r2 2-r3 MD或TD與配向方向之 角度(最大地方 度) 0.5 2 4 6 9 2 5 13 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 15 25 在全寬度的角度之差(度) 1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 5 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.5 20 MD方向與TD方向之 150℃熱收縮率差(%) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 3.1 2.5 1.2 3.2 4.2 1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.9 MD方向150℃熱收縮率(%) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 2.6 3.4 2.8 1.3 3.7 4.4 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 TD方向150℃熱收縮率(%) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.2 1.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.2 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 45度方向熱收縮率差(%) 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0 0.1 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 95℃最大熱收縮率(%) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.8 1.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 最大熱收縮率方向與MD或 TD方向之角度(度) 1 1 3 3 3 4 7 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 22 漏光 × × 亮度均勻性 相位差層之配向角度偏離 × Table 2 shows the evaluation results of the laminates for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of Experimental Examples 1A to 21A, 1B, and 2B. In addition, the numerical value of the item "Angle between MD or TD and the alignment direction (maximum angle)" in Experimental Examples 4A, 5A and Experimental Example 1B in Table 2 represents the angle between the long side of the rectangular sample and the alignment axis. [Table 2] Experimental example 1A Experimental example 2A Experimental example 3A Experimental example 4A Experimental example 5A Experimental example 6A Experimental example 7A Experimental example 8A Experimental example 9A Experimental example 10A Experimental example 11A Experimental example 12A Experimental example 13A Experimental example 14A Experimental example 15A Experimental example 16A Experimental example 17A Experimental example 18A Experimental example 19A Experimental example 20A Experimental example 21A Experimental example 1B Experimental example 2B Alignment film roll number for transfer 1-c 1-r1 1-r2 1-r2 1-r2 2-c 2-r1 2-r2 3-c 4-c 5-c 6-c 7-c 8-c 9-c 10-c 11-c 12-c 13-c 14-c 15-c 1-r2 2-r3 The angle between MD or TD and the alignment direction (maximum degree) 0.5 2 4 6 9 2 5 13 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 15 25 Angle difference across full width (degrees) 1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 5 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.5 20 Difference in thermal shrinkage rate at 150°C between MD direction and TD direction (%) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 3.1 2.5 1.2 3.2 4.2 1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.9 Thermal shrinkage rate at 150℃ in MD direction (%) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 2.6 3.4 2.8 1.3 3.7 4.4 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 Thermal shrinkage rate at 150℃ in TD direction (%) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.2 1.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.2 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.9 Difference in thermal shrinkage rate at 45 degrees (%) 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0 0.1 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 Maximum thermal shrinkage rate at 95°C (%) 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.8 1.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 The angle between the maximum thermal shrinkage direction and the MD or TD direction (degrees) 1 1 3 3 3 4 7 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 twenty two light leak × × Brightness uniformity Alignment angle deviation of the phase difference layer ×

由表2清楚可知,滿足第一發明的要件之實驗例1A~21A係皆漏光為◎、○或△,在配向薄膜上積層有相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)之狀態下評價相位差者係可能,亮度均勻性亦優異。相對於其,配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度過大之實驗例1B及實驗例2B係皆漏光為×,在配向薄膜上積層有相位差層(液晶化合物配向層)之狀態下評價相位差狀態者係困難。As is clear from Table 2, experimental examples 1A to 21A that satisfy the requirements of the first invention all have light leakage of ◎, ○, or △, and the phase difference is evaluated in a state where a retardation layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) is laminated on the alignment film. system is possible, and the brightness uniformity is also excellent. In contrast, in Experimental Example 1B and Experimental Example 2B, in which the angle between the alignment direction of the alignment film and the flow direction of the alignment film or the direction orthogonal to the flow direction is too large, the light leakage is ×, and there is a phase difference in the layered layer on the alignment film. It is difficult to evaluate the phase difference state in the state of the layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer).

又,由表2清楚可知,滿足第二發明的要件之實驗例1A~3A、6A~14A、16A~21A係皆相位差層的配向角度偏離為◎、○或△。相對於其,配向薄膜的流動方向(MD方向)與流動方向正交的方向(TD方向)之間的150℃熱收縮率之差過大之實驗例15A,係相位差層的配向角度偏離為×。於實驗例15A之情況,在下一步驟等進一步加熱時,或設置相位差層時的溫度等變高時,相位差層之配向方向係偏離,有無法在對象物設置符合設計的配向之相位差層之虞。Furthermore, as clearly seen from Table 2, Experimental Examples 1A to 3A, 6A to 14A, and 16A to 21A that satisfy the requirements of the second invention all have the alignment angle deviation of the retardation layer being ◎, ○, or Δ. In contrast to Experimental Example 15A, in which the difference in thermal shrinkage rate at 150°C between the flow direction (MD direction) of the alignment film and the direction orthogonal to the flow direction (TD direction) is too large, the alignment angle deviation of the retardation layer is × . In the case of Experimental Example 15A, when further heating is performed in the next step, or when the temperature when disposing the retardation layer becomes high, the alignment direction of the retardation layer deviates, and the retardation may not be aligned with the designed alignment on the object. Layers of danger.

表3中顯示與實驗例1A比較之實驗例17A~21A的液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之寡聚物阻擋塗布的效果及抗靜電層的效果。 [表3] 實驗例1A 實驗例17A 實驗例18A 實驗例19A 實驗例20A 實驗例21A 轉印用配向薄膜捲筒編號 1-c 11-c 12-c 13-c 14-c 15-c 表面寡聚物析出量(150℃×90min、mg/m2 ) 2.7 0.4 0.7 0.2 - - 有無寡聚物阻擋塗層 寡聚物阻擋塗層厚度(μm) - 0.15 0.05 0.15 - 0.15 表層寡聚物含量(質量%) 1.05 1.05 1.05 0.48 1.05 1.05 表層(A)原料聚酯CT含量(質量%) 1 1 1 0.29 1 1 霧度(%) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 nx-ny 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 轉印用配向薄膜的快軸方向之折射率(ny) 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 轉印用配向薄膜的慢軸方向之折射率(nx) 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 抗靜電性(表面電阻Ω/□) 1014 以上 - - - 4.5×108 7.8×107 Δ霧度 1.4 0.3 0.3 0.1 - - 高速塗布適應性 × Table 3 shows the effects of the oligomer barrier coating and the antistatic layer of the laminates for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of Experimental Examples 17A to 21A compared with Experimental Example 1A. [table 3] Experimental example 1A Experimental example 17A Experimental example 18A Experimental example 19A Experimental example 20A Experimental example 21A Alignment film roll number for transfer 1-c 11-c 12-c 13-c 14-c 15-c Surface oligomer precipitation amount (150℃×90min, mg/m 2 ) 2.7 0.4 0.7 0.2 - - With or without oligomer barrier coating without have have have without have Oligomer barrier coating thickness (μm) - 0.15 0.05 0.15 - 0.15 Surface oligomer content (mass %) 1.05 1.05 1.05 0.48 1.05 1.05 Surface layer (A) raw material polyester CT content (mass %) 1 1 1 0.29 1 1 Haze(%) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 nx-ny 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.105 The refractive index of the alignment film for transfer in the fast axis direction (ny) 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 1.587 The refractive index (nx) of the slow axis direction of the alignment film for transfer 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 1.692 Antistatic properties (surface resistance Ω/□) 10 14 and above - - - 4.5×10 8 7.8×10 7 ΔHaze 1.4 0.3 0.3 0.1 - - High-speed coating adaptability ×

由表3清楚可知,滿足第三發明的要件之實驗例17A~19A係皆Δ霧度(熱處理前後的霧度之增加量)小,充分地抑制熱處理所造成的霧度之增加。特別地,作為構成配向薄膜的聚酯樹脂,使用低寡聚物量的聚酯之實驗例19A,係表層寡聚物含量少,因此表面寡聚物析出量亦少,結果Δ霧度係比其它實施例顯著地小,極充分地抑制熱處理所造成的霧度之增加。相對於其,表面寡聚物析出量大之實驗例1A係Δ霧度大,因熱處理而霧度大幅增加。又,設有抗靜電塗層之實驗例21A及在易接著層中添加有抗靜電劑之實驗例20A,係與不進行那樣的實驗例1A相比,皆薄膜之表面電阻充分低,抗靜電性優異。As is clear from Table 3, Experimental Examples 17A to 19A that satisfy the requirements of the third invention all have small Δ haze (increase in haze before and after heat treatment), and the increase in haze caused by heat treatment is sufficiently suppressed. In particular, Experimental Example 19A, which uses a polyester with a low oligomer content as the polyester resin constituting the alignment film, has a small oligomer content in the surface layer, so the amount of oligomer precipitation on the surface is also small. As a result, the Δ haze is higher than that of other oligomers. The embodiment is remarkably small and extremely sufficiently suppresses the increase in haze caused by heat treatment. In contrast, Experimental Example 1A, which has a large amount of oligomer precipitation on the surface, has a large Δ haze, and the haze is greatly increased by heat treatment. In addition, Experimental Example 21A provided with an antistatic coating and Experimental Example 20A in which an antistatic agent was added to the easy-adhesive layer are compared with Experimental Example 1A which was not performed. The surface resistance of the film is sufficiently low and the antistatic effect is Excellent performance.

表4中顯示作為代表之實驗例1A的薄膜之表面粗糙度。還有,於相位差層之評價中,未看見針孔狀或傷痕狀之缺點。 [表4] 實驗例1A 轉印用配向薄膜捲筒編號 1-c 脫模面粗糙度 SRa(nm) 2 脫模面粗糙度 SRz(nm) 28 脫模面粗糙度 SRy(nm) 24 脫模面高低差 0.5μm以上之突起數(個/m2 ) 0 背面粗糙度 SRa(nm) 6 背面粗糙度 SRz(nm) 185 背面粗糙度 SRy(nm) 282 2μm以上之突起數(個/m2 ) 0 Table 4 shows the surface roughness of the film of Experimental Example 1A as a representative example. Furthermore, in the evaluation of the retardation layer, no pinhole-like or scar-like defects were found. [Table 4] Experimental example 1A Alignment film roll number for transfer 1-c Release surface roughness SRa(nm) 2 Release surface roughness SRz (nm) 28 Release surface roughness SRy(nm) twenty four The number of protrusions with a height difference of more than 0.5μm on the demoulding surface (pieces/m 2 ) 0 Back surface roughness SRa(nm) 6 Back surface roughness SRz(nm) 185 Back surface roughness SRy(nm) 282 Number of protrusions above 2μm (pieces/m 2 ) 0

實驗例22A (作為液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之具體例的圓偏光板之製造) 使用極限黏度0.63的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯作為熱塑性樹脂基材,製造厚度100μm之未延伸薄膜,於此未延伸薄膜之單面上,塗布聚合度2400、皂化度99.9莫耳%的聚乙烯醇之水溶液及乾燥,形成PVA層。 在120℃於圓周速度不同的輥間,將所得之積層體在長度方向中延伸至2倍及捲取。接著,將所得之積層體以4%的硼酸水溶液進行30秒的處理後,以碘(0.2%)與碘化鉀(1%)之混合水溶液浸漬60秒而染色,接著以碘化鉀(3%)與硼酸(3%)之混合水溶液處理30秒。 再者,將此積層體在72℃的硼酸(4%)與碘化鉀(5%)混合水溶液中,在長度方向中進行單軸延伸,接著以4%碘化鉀水溶液洗淨,以氣刀去除水溶液後,在80℃的烘箱中乾燥,切割兩端部及捲取,得到寬度30cm、長度1000m之基材積層偏光鏡。合計的延伸倍率為6.5倍,偏光鏡之厚度為5μm。還有,厚度係於環氧樹脂中包埋基材積層偏光鏡,切出切片,以光學顯微鏡觀察而讀取。Experimental example 22A (Manufacture of a circular polarizing plate as a specific example of a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate) Polyethylene terephthalate with an ultimate viscosity of 0.63 is used as the thermoplastic resin base material to produce an unstretched film with a thickness of 100 μm. On one side of the unstretched film, polyethylene terephthalate with a polymerization degree of 2400 and a saponification degree of 99.9 mol% is coated. Vinyl alcohol aqueous solution and drying to form a PVA layer. The obtained laminated body was stretched to 2 times in the length direction between rollers with different circumferential speeds at 120° C. and wound up. Next, the obtained laminate was treated with a 4% boric acid aqueous solution for 30 seconds, then immersed in a mixed aqueous solution of iodine (0.2%) and potassium iodide (1%) for 60 seconds to dye, and then potassium iodide (3%) and boric acid were used. (3%) mixed aqueous solution for 30 seconds. Furthermore, the laminate was uniaxially stretched in the length direction in a mixed aqueous solution of boric acid (4%) and potassium iodide (5%) at 72°C, then washed with a 4% aqueous potassium iodide solution, and the aqueous solution was removed with an air knife. , dried in an oven at 80°C, cut both ends and rolled up to obtain a base material laminated polarizer with a width of 30cm and a length of 1000m. The total extension magnification is 6.5 times, and the thickness of the polarizer is 5 μm. In addition, the thickness is determined by embedding a base material in epoxy resin with a laminated polarizer, cutting out slices, and observing with an optical microscope to read.

於超雙折射聚酯薄膜(Cosmoshine(R)SRF 厚度80μm 東洋紡公司製)上,使用紫外線硬化型接著劑,貼合上述基材積層偏光鏡的偏光鏡面後,剝離基材積層偏光鏡之基材。再者,於此偏光鏡面上積層市售的光學黏著劑片。剝離黏著劑片之脫模薄膜,貼合實驗例1A之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體的液晶化合物配向層面與黏著劑層,然後,剝離實驗例1A之積層體中的配向薄膜,得到圓偏光板。所得之圓偏光板具有高的抗反射功能。還有,Cosmoshine(R)SRF的慢軸與偏光鏡的消光軸係成為垂直,Cosmoshine(R)SRF的MD方向與實驗例1A的積層體中之配向薄膜的MD方向係成為平行。 [產業上利用之可能性]Use an ultraviolet curable adhesive on a super birefringent polyester film (Cosmoshine (R) SRF, thickness 80 μm, manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.), and bond the polarizing mirror surface of the above-mentioned base material laminated polarizer, and then peel off the base material of the laminated polarizer. . Furthermore, a commercially available optical adhesive sheet was laminated on the polarizing mirror. The release film of the adhesive sheet was peeled off, and the liquid crystal compound alignment layer and the adhesive layer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer transfer laminate of Experimental Example 1A were bonded together. Then, the alignment film in the laminate of Experimental Example 1A was peeled off to obtain a round shape. Polarizing plate. The obtained circular polarizing plate has high anti-reflection function. Furthermore, the slow axis of Cosmoshine(R) SRF is perpendicular to the extinction axis of the polarizer, and the MD direction of Cosmoshine(R) SRF is parallel to the MD direction of the alignment film in the laminate of Experimental Example 1A. [Possibility of industrial application]

本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜係可在配向薄膜上積層有液晶化合物配向層之狀態下,適當地評價設於上的液晶化合物配向層(相位差層或偏光層)之配向狀態等。又,本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,係可一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜,一邊以符合設計的配向,轉印相位差層或偏光層,可防止顯示器的漏光之問題。再者,本發明之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,由於可一邊使用便宜且機械強度優異的聚酯等延伸薄膜,一邊有效果地防止薄膜之加熱處理時的霧度上升或異物發生,故可形成符合設計的配向之相位差層或偏光層(液晶化合物配向層)。因此,依照本發明,可以高品質安定地製造圓偏光板等的相位差層積層偏光板。The alignment film for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the present invention can appropriately evaluate the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer (phase difference layer or polarizing layer) provided on the alignment film in a state where the liquid crystal compound alignment layer is laminated thereon. wait. In addition, the alignment film for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the present invention can transfer the retardation layer or the polarizing layer in the alignment according to the design while using a stretch film such as polyester which is cheap and has excellent mechanical strength, thereby preventing the display from being damaged. The problem of light leakage. Furthermore, the alignment film for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the present invention can effectively prevent the increase in haze or the generation of foreign matter during the heat treatment of the film while using a stretch film such as polyester that is cheap and has excellent mechanical strength. Therefore, a retardation layer or polarizing layer (liquid crystal compound alignment layer) that conforms to the designed alignment can be formed. Therefore, according to the present invention, a phase difference laminated polarizing plate such as a circular polarizing plate can be manufactured with high quality and stability.

無。without.

無。without.

無。without.

Claims (28)

一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其係用於將液晶化合物配向層轉印至對象物之配向薄膜,其中配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度,係在薄膜的寬度方向中從各端部起在內側5cm的地點之兩端部、中央部、及在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部之5處所測定的值之中的最大值為14度以下,該配向薄膜係用於以下述(A1)~(D1)中任一方法使液晶化合物配向層配向者,(A1)將配向薄膜進行摩擦處理,並藉由摩擦處理面之配向控制力使經設置於配向薄膜之摩擦處理面之液晶化合物配向層配向;(B1)於配向薄膜上塗布液晶化合物層,藉由對液晶化合物層照射偏光,使其配向;(C1)於配向薄膜上設置配向控制層,將配向控制層進行摩擦處理,藉由摩擦處理面之配向控制力使經設置於配向控制層上之液晶化合物配向層配向;(D1)於配向薄膜上設置配向控制層,對配向控制層照射偏光,藉由配向控制層之配向控制力使經設置於配向控制層上之液晶化合物配向層配向。 An alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is an alignment film used to transfer a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to an object, wherein the alignment direction of the alignment film is one of the direction orthogonal to the flow direction of the alignment film or the flow direction. The angle between the two ends is measured at five locations in the width direction of the film: 5 cm inside from each end, the two ends, the center, and the middle portion between the center and both ends. The maximum value is below 14 degrees. The alignment film is used to align the liquid crystal compound alignment layer by any one of the following methods (A1) to (D1). (A1) The alignment film is subjected to rubbing treatment, and through the rubbing treatment The alignment control force of the surface aligns the liquid crystal compound alignment layer provided on the rubbing surface of the alignment film; (B1) Coating a liquid crystal compound layer on the alignment film, and aligning the liquid crystal compound layer by irradiating polarized light; (C1) Set an alignment control layer on the alignment film, rub the alignment control layer, and align the liquid crystal compound alignment layer set on the alignment control layer through the alignment control force of the rubbing surface; (D1) Set alignment on the alignment film The control layer irradiates the alignment control layer with polarized light, and uses the alignment control force of the alignment control layer to align the liquid crystal compound alignment layer provided on the alignment control layer. 如請求項1之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中配向薄膜在寬度方向的配向角之角度差為7度以下。 For example, in the alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 1, the angle difference between the alignment angles of the alignment film in the width direction is less than 7 degrees. 如請求項1之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中配向薄膜係聚酯薄膜。 An alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 1, wherein the alignment film is a polyester film. 如請求項1之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其 中將該配向薄膜之慢軸方向的折射率設為nx、快軸方向的折射率設為ny時,nx-ny為0.05以上0.12以下。 Such as the alignment film for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of claim 1, which When the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the alignment film is nx and the refractive index in the fast axis direction is ny, nx-ny is 0.05 or more and 0.12 or less. 如請求項4之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中該ny為1.58以上1.62以下,該nx為1.68以上1.71以下。 For example, the alignment film for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of claim 4, wherein the ny is not less than 1.58 and not more than 1.62, and the nx is not less than 1.68 and not more than 1.71. 如請求項1之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中該配向薄膜在流動方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與配向薄膜在與流動方向正交的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 Such as the alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer of claim 1, wherein the heat shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the flow direction is the same as the heat shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction. The difference in rates is less than 4%. 如請求項6之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中相對於該配向薄膜的流動方向而言在45度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與相對於配向薄膜的流動方向而言在135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 An alignment film for transfer of a liquid crystal compound alignment layer as claimed in claim 6, wherein the thermal shrinkage rate at 150° C. for 30 minutes in a direction of 45 degrees with respect to the flow direction of the alignment film is the same as that with respect to the flow direction of the alignment film. The difference in thermal shrinkage rates between 135 degrees and 150°C for 30 minutes is less than 4%. 如請求項1之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中該配向薄膜之脫模面之三次元算術平均粗糙度SRa為1nm以上10nm以下。 An alignment film for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 1, wherein the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness SRa of the release surface of the alignment film is 1 nm or more and 10 nm or less. 如請求項1之液晶化合物配向層轉印用配向薄膜,其中該配向薄膜為配向聚酯薄膜,而將配向聚酯薄膜在150℃加熱90分鐘後的配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之聚酯環狀三聚物的析出量為1.0mg/m2以下。 Such as the alignment film for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of claim 1, wherein the alignment film is an aligned polyester film, and the surface of the release surface of the aligned polyester film after heating the aligned polyester film at 150° C. for 90 minutes. The precipitation amount of polyester cyclic terpolymer is 1.0 mg/ m2 or less. 一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其係積層有液晶化合物配向層與配向薄膜之積層體,其中就配向薄膜而言,配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度,係在薄膜的寬度方向中從各端部起在內側5cm的地點之兩端部、中央部、及在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部之5處所測定的值之中的最大值為 14度以下,積層體係藉由下述(A2)~(D2)中任一方法而得者,(A2)依序包含下述步驟之方法,將配向薄膜進行摩擦處理而賦予配向控制功能之步驟、於經賦予配向控制功能之配向薄膜上設置液晶化合物配向層之步驟;(B2)依序包含下述步驟之方法,於配向薄膜上塗布液晶化合物之步驟、對液晶化合物照射偏光,而使液晶化合物配向並作為液晶化合物配向層之步驟;(C2)依序包含下述步驟之方法,準備配向薄膜之步驟、於配向薄膜上設置配向控制層之步驟、將配向控制層進行摩擦處理而賦予配向控制功能之步驟、於配向控制層上設置液晶化合物配向層之步驟;(D2)依序包含下述步驟之方法,準備配向薄膜之步驟、於配向薄膜上設置配向控制層之步驟、對配向控制層照射偏光而賦予配向控制功能之步驟、於配向控制層上設置液晶化合物配向層之步驟。 A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a laminate in which a liquid crystal compound alignment layer and an alignment film are laminated, wherein in the case of the alignment film, the alignment direction of the alignment film is orthogonal to the flow direction of the alignment film or is orthogonal to the flow direction The angle between the directions is measured at 5 places in the width direction of the film, 5 cm inside from each end, the two ends, the center, and the middle part between the center and both ends. The maximum value among the values is Below 14 degrees, the laminated system is obtained by any one of the following methods (A2) ~ (D2), (A2) includes the following steps in sequence, the step of rubbing the alignment film to impart the alignment control function , the step of arranging a liquid crystal compound alignment layer on an alignment film endowed with an alignment control function; (B2) a method including the following steps in sequence, a step of coating a liquid crystal compound on the alignment film, irradiating the liquid crystal compound with polarized light, so that the liquid crystal The steps of aligning the compound and serving as the alignment layer of the liquid crystal compound; (C2) a method including the following steps in sequence, the steps of preparing the alignment film, the steps of arranging the alignment control layer on the alignment film, and rubbing the alignment control layer to impart alignment The steps of controlling the function, the steps of setting the alignment layer of the liquid crystal compound on the alignment control layer; (D2) the method including the following steps in sequence, the steps of preparing the alignment film, the steps of setting the alignment control layer on the alignment film, and controlling the alignment The step of irradiating the layer with polarized light to impart an alignment control function, and the step of providing a liquid crystal compound alignment layer on the alignment control layer. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中配向薄膜在寬度方向的配向角之角度差為7度以下。 A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 10, wherein the angle difference between the alignment angles of the alignment film in the width direction is 7 degrees or less. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中配向薄膜係聚酯薄膜。 A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 10, wherein the alignment film is a polyester film. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體, 其中將該配向薄膜之慢軸方向的折射率設為nx、快軸方向的折射率設為ny時,nx-ny為0.05以上0.12以下。 Such as the laminate for transferring the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of claim 10, When the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the alignment film is nx and the refractive index in the fast axis direction is ny, nx-ny is 0.05 or more and 0.12 or less. 如請求項13之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中該ny為1.58以上1.62以下,該nx為1.68以上1.71以下。 For example, in claim 13, the laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, wherein the ny is 1.58 or more and 1.62 or less, and the nx is 1.68 or more and 1.71 or less. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中該配向薄膜在流動方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與配向薄膜在與流動方向正交的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 10, wherein the alignment film has a heat shrinkage rate of 150°C for 30 minutes in the flow direction and a heat shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction. The difference in rates is less than 4%. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中相對於該配向薄膜的流動方向而言在45度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與相對於配向薄膜的流動方向而言在135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 A laminate for transfer of a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 10, wherein the thermal shrinkage rate at 150° C. for 30 minutes in a direction of 45 degrees with respect to the flow direction of the alignment film is the same as that with respect to the flow direction of the alignment film. The difference in thermal shrinkage rates between 135 degrees and 150°C for 30 minutes is less than 4%. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中該配向薄膜之脫模面之三次元算術平均粗糙度SRa為1nm以上10nm以下。 A laminate for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer according to claim 10, wherein the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness SRa of the release surface of the alignment film is 1 nm or more and 10 nm or less. 如請求項10之液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體,其中該配向薄膜為配向聚酯薄膜,而將配向聚酯薄膜在150℃加熱90分鐘後的配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之聚酯環狀三聚物的析出量為1.0mg/m2以下。 The laminate for transfer of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of claim 10, wherein the alignment film is an aligned polyester film, and the surface of the release surface of the aligned polyester film after heating the aligned polyester film at 150° C. for 90 minutes. The precipitation amount of polyester cyclic terpolymer is 1.0 mg/ m2 or less. 一種液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其特徵為包含下述步驟1~步驟4,步驟1:準備配向薄膜之步驟,就該配向薄膜而言,配向薄膜的配向方向與配向薄膜的流動方向或與流動方向正交的方向之間的角度,係在薄膜的寬度方向中從各端部起在內側5cm的 地點之兩端部、中央部、及在中央部與兩端部之中間的中間部之5處所測定的值之中的最大值為14度以下,步驟2:藉由下述(A3)~(D3)中任一方法而得到液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之步驟,步驟3:貼合偏光板與液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體的液晶化合物配向層側面而形成中間積層體之步驟,及步驟4:從中間積層體剝離配向薄膜之步驟,(A3)依序包含下述步驟之方法,將配向薄膜進行摩擦處理而賦予配向控制功能之步驟、於經賦予配向控制功能之配向薄膜上設置液晶化合物配向層之步驟;(B3)依序包含下述步驟之方法,於配向薄膜上塗布液晶化合物之步驟、對配向薄膜上之液晶化合物照射偏光,而使液晶化合物配向並作為液晶化合物配向層之步驟;(C3)依序包含下述步驟之方法,準備配向薄膜之步驟、於配向薄膜上設置配向控制層之步驟、將配向控制層進行摩擦處理而賦予配向控制功能之步驟、於配向控制層上設置液晶化合物配向層之步驟;(D3)依序包含下述步驟之方法,準備配向薄膜之步驟、於配向薄膜上設置配向控制層之步驟、對配向控制層照射偏光而賦予配向控制功能之步驟、於配向控制層上設置液晶化合物配向層之步驟。 A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, which is characterized by comprising the following steps 1 to 4. Step 1: the step of preparing an alignment film. For the alignment film, the alignment direction of the alignment film and the flow of the alignment film direction or the angle between directions orthogonal to the direction of flow, measured 5 cm inside from each end in the width direction of the film The maximum value among the values measured at five locations at both ends, the center, and the middle portion between the center and both ends is 14 degrees or less. Step 2: Through the following (A3)~( The step of obtaining a laminated body for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer by any method in D3), step 3: the step of bonding the polarizing plate and the side surface of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer of the laminated body for transferring a liquid crystal compound alignment layer to form an intermediate laminated body , and step 4: the step of peeling off the alignment film from the intermediate laminate, (A3) a method including the following steps in sequence, a step of rubbing the alignment film to impart an alignment control function, and a step of imparting an alignment control function to the alignment film The step of providing a liquid crystal compound alignment layer on the alignment film; (B3) a method including the following steps in sequence, the step of coating the liquid crystal compound on the alignment film, and irradiating the liquid crystal compound on the alignment film with polarized light to align the liquid crystal compound and serve as a liquid crystal compound The steps of aligning the layer; (C3) a method including the following steps in sequence, the step of preparing the alignment film, the step of setting the alignment control layer on the alignment film, the step of rubbing the alignment control layer to impart the alignment control function, The step of arranging a liquid crystal compound alignment layer on the alignment control layer; (D3) a method including the following steps in sequence, the step of preparing the alignment film, the step of arranging the alignment control layer on the alignment film, and irradiating the alignment control layer with polarized light to impart alignment The steps of controlling functions and the steps of setting a liquid crystal compound alignment layer on the alignment control layer. 如請求項19之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中配向薄膜在寬度方向的配向角之角度差為7度以下。 As claimed in claim 19, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment layered laminated polarizing plate, wherein the angle difference between the alignment angles of the alignment film in the width direction is less than 7 degrees. 如請求項19之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中配向薄膜係聚酯薄膜。 As claimed in claim 19, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, wherein the alignment film is a polyester film. 如請求項19之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中將該配向薄膜之慢軸方向的折射率設為nx、快軸方向的折射率設為ny時,nx-ny為0.05以上0.12以下。 As claimed in Claim 19, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, wherein the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the alignment film is nx and the refractive index in the fast axis direction is ny, nx-ny is 0.05 or more and 0.12 the following. 如請求項22之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中該ny為1.58以上1.62以下,該nx為1.68以上1.71以下。 For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound aligned laminated polarizing plate of claim 22, wherein the ny is 1.58 or more and 1.62 or less, and the nx is 1.68 or more and 1.71 or less. 如請求項19之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中該配向薄膜在流動方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率與配向薄膜在與流動方向正交的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 As claimed in claim 19, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, wherein the thermal shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the flow direction is the same as the heat shrinkage rate of the alignment film at 150°C for 30 minutes in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction. The difference in shrinkage is less than 4%. 如請求項19之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中相對於該配向薄膜的流動方向而言在45度的方向之150℃30分鐘的熱收縮率與相對於配向薄膜的流動方向而言在135度的方向之150℃ 30分鐘的熱收縮率之差為4%以下。 The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate according to claim 19, wherein the thermal shrinkage rate at 150° C. for 30 minutes in a direction of 45 degrees with respect to the flow direction of the alignment film is proportional to the flow direction of the alignment film. It is said that the difference in thermal shrinkage rate between 135° and 150°C for 30 minutes is less than 4%. 如請求項19之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中該配向薄膜之脫模面之三次元算術平均粗糙度SRa為1nm以上10nm以下。 As claimed in claim 19, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound alignment laminated polarizing plate, wherein the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness SRa of the release surface of the alignment film is 1 nm or more and 10 nm or less. 如請求項20之液晶化合物配向層積層偏光板之製造方法,其中該配向薄膜為配向聚酯薄膜,而將配向聚酯薄膜在150℃加熱90分鐘後的配向聚酯薄膜之脫模面的表面之聚酯 環狀三聚物的析出量為1.0mg/m2以下。 The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal compound aligned laminated polarizing plate according to claim 20, wherein the alignment film is an aligned polyester film, and the surface of the release surface of the aligned polyester film after heating the aligned polyester film at 150°C for 90 minutes The precipitation amount of polyester cyclic terpolymer is 1.0mg/ m2 or less. 一種液晶化合物配向層轉印用積層體之檢査方法,其係檢查如請求項10之積層體中的液晶化合物配向層之配向狀態之方法,其特徵為包含:將具有平行於配向薄膜的配向方向、或平行於與配向方向正交的方向、或平行於配向薄膜的流動方向、或平行於與流動方向正交的方向之電場振動方向的直線偏光,從積層體的配向薄膜面來照射,在液晶化合物配向層面側受光之步驟。 A method for inspecting a laminate for transfer of a liquid crystal compound alignment layer, which is a method for inspecting the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound alignment layer in the laminate of claim 10, which is characterized by including: placing an alignment direction parallel to the alignment film , or linearly polarized light parallel to the direction orthogonal to the alignment direction, or parallel to the flow direction of the alignment film, or parallel to the electric field vibration direction in the direction orthogonal to the flow direction, is irradiated from the alignment film surface of the laminate, and The step of aligning the liquid crystal compound layer side to receive light.
TW108138545A 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal compound alignment layer laminated polarizing plate, and inspection method of laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer TWI824046B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018201940 2018-10-26
JP2018-201940 2018-10-26
JP2018-209663 2018-11-07
JP2018209663 2018-11-07
JP2018209662 2018-11-07
JP2018-209662 2018-11-07
JP2018219282 2018-11-22
JP2018-219282 2018-11-22
JP2018-223878 2018-11-29
JP2018223878 2018-11-29
JP2018-231737 2018-12-11
JP2018231737 2018-12-11
JP2019-000802 2019-01-07
JP2019000802 2019-01-07

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202033632A TW202033632A (en) 2020-09-16
TWI824046B true TWI824046B (en) 2023-12-01

Family

ID=70330512

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108138545A TWI824046B (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal compound alignment layer laminated polarizing plate, and inspection method of laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer
TW108138546A TW202033339A (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Alignment film for transferring liquid crystal compound alignment layer

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108138546A TW202033339A (en) 2018-10-26 2019-10-25 Alignment film for transferring liquid crystal compound alignment layer

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (4) JPWO2020085309A1 (en)
KR (4) KR20210082163A (en)
CN (5) CN112789531B (en)
TW (2) TWI824046B (en)
WO (4) WO2020085309A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7194365B2 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-12-22 大日本印刷株式会社 Glare contrast correction method, comparison method and comparison device, electronic display manufacturing method, and antiglare layer manufacturing method
KR102387993B1 (en) * 2021-01-06 2022-04-19 (주)엘프스 adhesive member, adhesive sheet comprising the same and manufacturing method thereof
WO2024018936A1 (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-01-25 東洋紡株式会社 Biaxially oriented multilayer polyester film

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200624887A (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-07-16 Nitto Denko Corp Elliptic polarizing plate and image display using the same
JP2008126461A (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-06-05 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Mold release film
JP2013097277A (en) * 2011-11-02 2013-05-20 V Technology Co Ltd Film exposure device
CN106488839A (en) * 2014-07-18 2017-03-08 富士胶片株式会社 Uniaxial orientation mylar, hardcoat film, touch panel colorimetric sensor films, anti-disperse film, the manufacture method of antireflection film, touch panel and uniaxial orientation mylar

Family Cites Families (56)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5730539A (en) * 1980-07-29 1982-02-18 Daicel Chem Ind Ltd Charging method for particulate material
JP2660601B2 (en) 1990-06-27 1997-10-08 日本石油株式会社 Manufacturing method of compensator for liquid crystal display element
JPH0756172A (en) * 1993-08-17 1995-03-03 Seiko Epson Corp Production of liquid crystal display
JPH08334757A (en) * 1995-04-07 1996-12-17 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Liquid crystal display device, polarization phase difference composite film and their production
JP2001004837A (en) 1999-06-22 2001-01-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Phase difference plate and circular polarization plate
JP2002328371A (en) * 2000-04-24 2002-11-15 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Method of aligning liquid crystal compound
JP4691842B2 (en) * 2001-07-11 2011-06-01 東レ株式会社 Polyester film for polarizing film lamination
EP1517163A4 (en) * 2002-06-27 2006-06-14 Teijin Ltd Polycarbonate alignment film and phase difference film
JP2004144943A (en) 2002-10-23 2004-05-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Circular polarizer
JP2004264345A (en) * 2003-02-03 2004-09-24 Nitto Denko Corp Retardation film and its manufacturing method
JP2004287416A (en) * 2003-03-06 2004-10-14 Nitto Denko Corp Method of manufacturing inclined alignment film, inclined alignment film and image display device
JP4344566B2 (en) * 2003-08-22 2009-10-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing optical compensation film
JP4187594B2 (en) 2003-06-19 2008-11-26 帝人株式会社 Circular polarizer
JP3822198B2 (en) * 2003-09-08 2006-09-13 日東電工株式会社 Method for producing liquid crystal alignment film
JP2005313467A (en) * 2004-04-28 2005-11-10 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Method for producing cellulose ester film and cellulose ester film
JP2006058540A (en) * 2004-08-19 2006-03-02 Jsr Corp Optical film, polarizer plate and liquid crystal display
JP2006201746A (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-08-03 Nitto Denko Corp Elliptic polarizing plate and image display device using the same
TWI413809B (en) * 2004-12-27 2013-11-01 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Optical film, elliptically polarizing plate, circularly polarizing plate, liquid crystal display element, and method of producing optical film
JP2006195293A (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Liquid crystal display device, optical compensation film, and polarizing plate
JP2006240034A (en) * 2005-03-03 2006-09-14 Nissha Printing Co Ltd Insert-molded product with dichroic design and its manufacturing method
JP2006243653A (en) 2005-03-07 2006-09-14 Nitto Denko Corp Manufacturing method of elliptically polarizing plate and image display device using elliptically polarizing plate
JP2007001198A (en) * 2005-06-24 2007-01-11 Fujifilm Holdings Corp Cellulose ester film laminate, polarizing plate, optical compensation film, antireflection film and liquid crystal display device
CN100432799C (en) * 2005-07-20 2008-11-12 台湾薄膜电晶体液晶显示器产业协会 Method for hydrogen ion beam applying to liquid crystal molecule distributing direction
JP2007290342A (en) * 2005-09-12 2007-11-08 Fujifilm Corp Manufacturing method for cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4113547B2 (en) * 2005-12-12 2008-07-09 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション Alignment layer forming apparatus and alignment layer forming method
CN101326460B (en) * 2005-12-14 2010-10-13 大日本印刷株式会社 Liquid crystal display device
JP2007241037A (en) * 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Polarizing element, its manufacturing method and liquid crystal display element
JP5209223B2 (en) * 2006-03-29 2013-06-12 住友化学株式会社 Film, film manufacturing method, and use thereof
JP2008026824A (en) * 2006-07-25 2008-02-07 Fujifilm Corp Method of forming optical compensation film, optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display apparatus
JP5446369B2 (en) * 2008-04-30 2014-03-19 東洋紡株式会社 Adhesive film
JP2010120304A (en) * 2008-11-20 2010-06-03 Fujifilm Corp Norbornene resin film, method of manufacturing norbornene resin film, polarization plate, optical compensation film for liquid crystal display panel, and antireflection film
JP5267666B2 (en) * 2009-06-19 2013-08-21 日本電気株式会社 LCD shutters and LCD shutter glasses
JP2011048025A (en) * 2009-08-25 2011-03-10 Fujifilm Corp Film, method of manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP5451672B2 (en) * 2011-03-25 2014-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing light reflective film
KR101884252B1 (en) * 2011-08-30 2018-08-01 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Biaxially oriented polyester film for mold-releasing film for polarizing plate, laminated body using same, and method for producing polarizing plate
JP2013050572A (en) * 2011-08-31 2013-03-14 Fujifilm Corp Optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device and alignment controlling agent
TW201314384A (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-04-01 V Technology Co Ltd Film exposure device
JP5257505B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2013-08-07 日本ゼオン株式会社 Method for producing stretched film and method for producing circularly polarizing plate
JP5607673B2 (en) * 2012-03-09 2014-10-15 日東電工株式会社 Optical display device
JP2014071381A (en) 2012-09-28 2014-04-21 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Transfer body for optical film, optical film, image display device and production method of optical film
WO2014185322A1 (en) * 2013-05-14 2014-11-20 東洋紡株式会社 Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate, and polarizer protective film
JP6171707B2 (en) * 2013-08-07 2017-08-02 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film transfer body, optical film, optical film transfer body manufacturing method, optical film manufacturing method
TWI645962B (en) * 2013-08-09 2019-01-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Optically anisotropic sheet
JP6303544B2 (en) * 2014-01-29 2018-04-04 東洋紡株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and polarizing plate
JP6724297B2 (en) * 2015-05-27 2020-07-15 日本ゼオン株式会社 Method for producing optical laminate, method for producing circularly polarizing plate, and method for producing organic electroluminescence display device
JP6478823B2 (en) * 2015-06-08 2019-03-06 キユーピー株式会社 Method for producing frozen liquid egg white
JP6816942B2 (en) * 2015-09-01 2021-01-20 大日本印刷株式会社 Transferred material for optical film, manufacturing method of optical film, and manufacturing method of image display device
JPWO2017069133A1 (en) * 2015-10-20 2018-08-09 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2017122864A (en) * 2016-01-08 2017-07-13 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film, image display device, and method for manufacturing optical film
JP6589657B2 (en) * 2016-01-21 2019-10-16 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6565730B2 (en) * 2016-02-18 2019-08-28 Jnc株式会社 Diamine, polyamic acid or derivative thereof, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN109477925B (en) * 2016-07-21 2022-10-25 住友化学株式会社 Elliptical polarizing plate
JP2018028641A (en) * 2016-08-19 2018-02-22 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Method for manufacturing cellulose ester film
JP7000677B2 (en) * 2016-12-07 2022-01-19 東レ株式会社 Polyester film
JP6363252B1 (en) * 2017-04-24 2018-07-25 日東電工株式会社 Method for producing homeotropic alignment liquid crystal film
JP6388053B2 (en) 2017-04-28 2018-09-12 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film transfer body, optical film, optical film transfer body manufacturing method, optical film manufacturing method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200624887A (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-07-16 Nitto Denko Corp Elliptic polarizing plate and image display using the same
JP2008126461A (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-06-05 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Mold release film
JP2013097277A (en) * 2011-11-02 2013-05-20 V Technology Co Ltd Film exposure device
CN106488839A (en) * 2014-07-18 2017-03-08 富士胶片株式会社 Uniaxial orientation mylar, hardcoat film, touch panel colorimetric sensor films, anti-disperse film, the manufacture method of antireflection film, touch panel and uniaxial orientation mylar

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210082159A (en) 2021-07-02
JPWO2020085307A1 (en) 2021-09-30
TW202033339A (en) 2020-09-16
CN112805136A (en) 2021-05-14
WO2020085307A1 (en) 2020-04-30
WO2020085308A1 (en) 2020-04-30
WO2020085309A1 (en) 2020-04-30
CN112771423A (en) 2021-05-07
CN112771422A (en) 2021-05-07
CN112771423B (en) 2023-10-27
CN112805136B (en) 2023-06-20
CN112789531B (en) 2023-10-27
KR20210082163A (en) 2021-07-02
JPWO2020085310A1 (en) 2021-10-07
KR20210079273A (en) 2021-06-29
WO2020085310A1 (en) 2020-04-30
CN116804778A (en) 2023-09-26
TW202033632A (en) 2020-09-16
JPWO2020085309A1 (en) 2021-09-24
KR20210079272A (en) 2021-06-29
JPWO2020085308A1 (en) 2021-09-24
CN112771422B (en) 2023-10-24
CN112789531A (en) 2021-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI824046B (en) Alignment film for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer, manufacturing method of liquid crystal compound alignment layer laminated polarizing plate, and inspection method of laminate for transfer of liquid crystal compound alignment layer
WO2020241312A1 (en) Polarization plate for folding display
JP2003121641A (en) Laminated optical retardation film, polarizing member and liquid crystal display device
TW201535022A (en) Polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device
JP2004046194A (en) Manufacturing method for optical compensator
TW201940324A (en) Electroluminescent display device
JP2023081987A (en) Manufacturing method of polarizing plate
TWI814797B (en) Electroluminescent display device
JP4433854B2 (en) Optical laminated body with improved viewing angle characteristics, optical element using the optical laminated body, and liquid crystal display device
CN115335222B (en) Laminate for transferring thin film layer
JP7404635B2 (en) Method for producing aligned liquid crystal compound layer laminate
KR20220019102A (en) Method for producing a polarizing plate with a retardation layer and a hard coat layer
JP4935878B2 (en) Optical laminate manufacturing method, optical element, and liquid crystal display device
CN117120242A (en) Polyester film and image display device using the same